001-036 DUCATO LUM EN - Camper

001-036 DUCATO LUM EN - Camper
DUCATO LUM GB
17-12-2008
9:57
Pagina 1
F
I
A
T
D
U
C
A
T
ENGLISH
The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and
versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.
If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer.
Printed in recycled paper without chlorine.
O
W
N
E
R
H
A
N
D
B
O
O
K
O
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 1
Dear Customer,
Thank you for choosing Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Ducato.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all the features of your vehicle and use it in the best possible way.
You are recommended to read it right through before taking to the road for the first time. You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your vehicle to help you derive the maximum from the technological features of your Fiat Ducato.
You are recommended to carefully read the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols:
personal safety;
vehicle integrity;
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:
❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity;
❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.
Enjoy the read. Happy motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all the versions of the Fiat Ducato.
As a consequence, you should only consider the information which is related to the engine
and bodywork version of the vehicle you have purchased.
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 2
VERY IMPORTANT
REFUELLING
K
Only refuel with automotive diesel conforming to the
European standard EN 590.
The use of other products or mixtures may damage the
engine beyond repair and consequently cause the warranty to be void depending on the damage caused.
STARTING THE ENGINE
Make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift
lever to neutral; fully depress the clutch without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to MAR and
wait for the warning lights Y and m to go off; turn
the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

The catalytic converter develops high temperature during operation. Do not park on grass, dry leaves, pine
needles or other flammable material: fire hazard.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
The vehicle is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to ensure better respect for the environment.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
쇵
If, after buying the vehicle, you decide to add electrical
accessories (with the risk of gradually draining the battery), visit a Fiat Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the vehicle electric system can support the required load.
CODE CARD
Keep it in a safe place, not in the vehicle. Make sure you
have the electronic code with you at all times.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Correct vehicle servicing is essential for ensuring it stays
in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety features, its
environmental friendliness and low running costs for
a long time to come.
THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…
... important information, advise and warnings for a correct use, driving safety and maintenance of your vehicle over time. Pay special attention to the symbols "
(personal safety) # (protecting the environment) ! (risk
of serious damage to the vehicle).
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 3
DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The presence and position of the controls, instruments and gauges may vary depending on the version.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
fig. 1
F0N0320m
1. Fixed side air – vents – 2. Adjustable side air vents – 3. Left steering column stalk: external lights – 4. Instrument and
warning light panel – 5. Right steering column stalk: windscreen wiper controls, rear window wiper, trip computer
– 6. Adjustable central air vents – 7. Car radio (for versions/markets, where provided) – 8. Passenger side glove compartment/front air bag (for versions/markets, where provided) – 9. glove compartment – 10. Cigar lighter/12 V socket
– 11. HVAC controls – 12. Controls on dashboard – 13. Gear lever – 14. Ignition device – 15. Steering wheel adjustment lever – 16. Driver side front airbag – 17. Control plate: lamp/headlamp alignment adjustment/digital display/
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
multifunction display.
3
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 4
SYMBOLS
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
Special coloured plates have been attached near or on some
of the components of your vehicle. These plates bear symbols that draw your attention to the precautions required
when handling the component in question.
This is an electrical engine locking system which increases protection against attempted theft of the vehicle. It is
automatically activated when the ignition key is extracted.
The plate summarising the symbols used can be found
under the bonnet, fig. 2.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Each key contains an electronic device which modulates
the signal emitted during ignition by an antenna built in the
ignition device. This signal is the ‘password’ which changes
at each ignition and which the control unit uses to recognise the key and enable ignition.
OPERATION
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Each time the car is started by turning the ignition key to
MAR, the Fiat CODE system control unit sends an acknowledgement code to the engine management control
unit to deactivate the inhibitor.
IN AN EMERGENCY
The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE system control unit
has recognised the code transmitted from the key.
Each time the ignition key is turned to STOP, the Fiat
CODE system deactivates the functions of the engine management control unit.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
If the code is not recognised correctly during ignition,
the Y warning light comes on in the instrument panel
accompanied by the related message on the display (see
section “Warning lights and messages”).
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
4
fig. 2
F0N0002m
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 5
In this case turn the key to STOP and then to MAR; if the
lock persists try again with the spare set of keys. Contact
a Fiat Dealership if you still cannot start the engine.
IMPORTANT Each key has its own code which must be
stored by the system electronic control unit. Contact the
Fiat Dealership to have new keys (up to eight) stored with
the code.
Warning light Y comes on when driving
❒ If the warning light Y turns on, this means that the
system is running a self-test (for example for a voltage
drop).
❒ If the warning light Y stays on, contact a Fiat Dealership.
THE KEYS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
CODE CARD Fig. 3
The vehicle is delivered with two copies of the ignition key
and with the CODE card which bears the following:
A the electronic code;
B he mechanical key code to be given to the Fiat Dealership when ordering duplicate keys.
IMPORTANT In order to ensure complete efficiency of
the electronic devices inside the keys, they should never
be exposed to direct sunlight.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
The electronic components inside the key
may be damaged if the key is submitted to
sharp knocks.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 3
F0N0003m
5
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
13:53
Pagina 6
All the keys and the CODE card must be
handed over to the new owner when selling
the vehicle.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
❒ the ignition switch;
❒ the door locks;
❒ opening and closing of the fuel plug.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ keep button B pressed and move the metal insert A;
❒ release button B and turn the metal insert A until hearing the proper locking click.
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL fig. 4
The metal insert A is retractable and it operates:
STARTING
AND DRIVING
To refit it proceed as follows:
To extract the metal insert, press button B and
IN AN EMERGENCY
WARNING
Only press button B with the key away
from your body, specifically from your eyes
and from objects which could get damaged (e.g.
your clothes). Do not leave the key unattended, because someone, a child especially, may accidentally
press the button while handling the key.
Button Q is used for unlocking the front doors.
Button Á is used for locking all the doors.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
Button P is used for unlocking the load compartment
doors.
The passenger’s compartment lights will come on for
a preset time when the doors are unlocked.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
6
fig. 4
F0N0800m
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 7
Some versions are equipped with a key with a remote control with 2 keys Á and Ë fig. 5.
Button Á is used for locking all the doors;
Button Ë is used for unlocking all the doors.
Request for additional remote controls
The system can recognise up to 8 remote controls. Should
a new remote control be necessary, contact a Fiat Dealership and be ready to present the CODE card, a personal
identity document and the vehicle ownership documents.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
Dashboard led indications
When locking the doors, led A-fig. 6 switches on for about
3 seconds and than starts flashing (deterrence function).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Once doors are locked, if one or more doors or the tailgate are not closed correctly, the led and direction indicators start flashing quickly.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 5
F0N0801m
fig. 6
F0N0114m
7
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 8
Replacing the battery of the key with remote
control fig. 7
To replace the battery, proceed as follows:
❒ press button A and bring the metal insert B to the open
position;
Used batteries are harmful to the environment. They should be disposed of, as specified by law, in the special containers provided, or take them to the Fiat Dealership, which
will deal with their disposal.
❒ turn the screw C to : using a fine bit screwdriver;
❒ take out the battery case D and replace the battery E,
respecting its polarity;
❒ refit the battery case D inside the key and lock it by
turning the screw C to Á .
KEY WITHOUT REMOTE CONTROL fig. 8
The metal insert of the key A is fixed.
The key operates:
❒ the ignition switch;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ the door locks;
❒ opening and closing of the fuel plug.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
8
fig. 7
F0N0802m
fig. 8
F0N0337m
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 9
The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:
Type of key
Unlocking the
doors
Door closing
from the outside
Dead lock
activation
(for versions/
markets,
where provided)
Unlocking
of load
compartment
lock
Windows down
(for versions/
markets,
where provided)
–
–
Windows up
(for versions/
markets,
where provided)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
Turn key
anticlockwise
(driver’s side)
Turn key
clockwise
(driver’s side)
–
Turn key
anticlockwise
(driver’s side)
Turn key
clockwise
(driver’s side)
–
Briefly press
button Q/Ë
Briefly press
button Á
Double press
on button Á
Briefly press
button P
Hold down
(for more
than 2 seconds)
button Q
Hold down
(for more than
2 seconds)
button Á
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Direction indicators
flashing (only with key
with remote control)
blinks twice
blinks once
3 blinks
blinks twice
blinks twice
blinks once
IN AN EMERGENCY
Deterrence led
Off
Steady for
approximately
3 seconds and then
deterrent blinking
Double
blinking and then
deterrent blinking
Deterrent
blinking
Off
Deterrent blinking
Key without remote
control
Key with remote control
–
STARTING
AND DRIVING
–
–
–
IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control; window closing operation is a consequence of a door locking control.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
9
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 10
ELECTRONIC ALARM
(for versions/markets where provided)
There are a maximum number of acoustic/visual cycles.
When this is reached the system returns to normal operation.
The alarm, in addition to all the remote control functions
described previously, is controlled by the receiver located under the dashboard near the fuse box.
The antilift protection may be turned off by means of the
appropriate key (see “Antilift protection” paragraph overleaf).
ALARM TRIPPING
The alarm intervenes in the following cases:
IMPORTANT The engine stop function is guaranteed by
the Fiat CODE, which is automatically activated when the
ignition key is extracted from the starter device.
❒ when one of the doors or bonnet is opened illegitimately (perimeter protection);
TURNING THE ALARM ON
❒ when the ignition system is started up (ignition key
rotated to MAR);
❒ when the battery cables are cut;
❒ when the vehicle is lifted or tilted.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
10
Depending on the market, the activation of the alarm causes the activation of the siren and the direction indicators
(for about 26 seconds). Alarm tripping and the number
of cycles depend on the sales market.
With the doors and bonnets closed and the ignition key
either turned to STOP or removed, point the key with the
remote control towards the vehicle and press and release
the lock button.
Excluding some markets, the system produces an acoustic warning (beep) and enables door locking.
The switching on of the alarm is preceded by an self-diagnosis stage: if a fault is detected, the system produces
another acoustic signal.
In this case, turn the alarm off by pressing the ‘release
doors/release load compartment’ button, check the doors
and bonnet are properly closed and turn the alarm back
on by pressing the lock button.
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 11
If the door or the bonnet are not properly shut, they will
be excluded from the testing by the alarm system.
If the alarm produces an acoustic signal even when the
doors, bonnet and tailgate are correctly closed, a failure
has occurred in system operation. Contact a Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT If the central door locking system is engaged
using the metal insert of the key, the alarm is not enabled.
IMPORTANT The alarm is adapted to meet requirements
in various countries.
TURNING THE ALARM OFF
Press the door release/load compartment release button
on the key with remote control.
ANTI-LIFT PROTECTION
The anti-lift protection system consists in a sensor which
detects any change in vehicle tilting with a view to identifying any possible vehicle lifting, though partial (e.g. when
a tyre is removed).
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The sensor also detects minor changes of the vehicle trim
angle both along the longitudinal and transverse axle.
SAFETY
Disabling the anti-lift protection
STARTING
AND DRIVING
The anti-lift protection is disabled (for instance when the
vehicle needs to be towed with the alarm engaged) by
pressing button A-fig. 8a installed on the control plate. The
protection remains enabled until the central door opening
system is engaged again.
The following operations are performed (excluding some
markets):
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ the direction indicators turn on shortly twice;
❒ two short beeps are produced by the warning buzzer;
❒ the doors are unlocked.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
IMPORTANT If the central door locking system is released
using the metal insert of the key, the alarm is not disabled.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 8a
F0N0232m
11
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 12
BREAK IN ATTEMPT INDICATION
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
Any theft attempt is indicated by the turning on of warning light Y on the instrument panel together with the
dedicated message on the multifunction display (where
provided), (see section “Warning lights and messages”).
DISABLING THE ALARM
STARTING
AND DRIVING
To turn the alarm off completely (for example, if the vehicle is not being used for a long time) the vehicle must
be closed by turning the metal insert in the key in the lock
without using the remote control.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IMPORTANT If the battery of the key with the remote
control goes flat or the system fails, the alarm can be
switched off by placing the key in the ignition switch and
turning it to MAR.
IGNITION DEVICE
The key can be turned to 4 different positions fig. 9:
❒ STOP: engine off, key can be extracted, steering locked.
Some electrical devices (e.g. sound system, central door
locking system, etc.) may work.
❒ MAR: driving position. All electric devices may work
❒ AVV: engine starting (unstable position).
The ignition switch is fitted with an electronic safety system that requires the ignition key to be turned back to
STOP if the engine will not start, before the starting
operation can be repeated.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
12
fig. 9
F0N0007m
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 13
WARNING
If the ignition device is tampered with
(e.g.: attempted theft), have it checked
over by a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
WARNING
Never extract the key while the vehicle is
moving. The steering wheel would be
locked as soon as the steering wheel is turned. This
also applies to cases in which the vehicle is towed.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
Always remove the key from the vehicle
when leaving it in order to prevent accidental engagement of the control. Remember to
apply the handbrake. Engage first gear if the vehicle is parked uphill or reverse if the vehicle is
parked downhill. Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any
after-market operation involving steering
system or steering column modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft device). This could badly
affect performance and safety, invalidate the warranty and also result in the non-compliance of the
vehicle with approval requirements.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
STEERING LOCK
Engagement
When the key is at STOP, remove the key and turn the
steering wheel until it locks.
Switching off
Move the steering wheel slightly as you turn the ignition
key to MAR.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
13
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 14
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Versions with digital display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Digital display
SAFETY
C Rev counters
D Engine coolant temperature gauge
with overheating warning light
STARTING
AND DRIVING
E Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
F0N0330m
fig. 10
Versions with multifunction
display
IN AN EMERGENCY
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Multifunction display
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
C Rev counters
D Engine coolant temperature gauge
with overheating warning light
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light
INDEX
F0N0331m
fig. 11
14
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 15
INSTRUMENTS
REV. COUNTER Fig. 13
The type and background colour of the instruments can
vary between different versions.
SPEEDOMETER Fig. 12
The rev counter shows the engine rpm.
IMPORTANT The electronic injection control system
gradually shuts off the flow of fuel when the engine is ‘overrevving’ resulting in a gradual loss of engine power.
When the engine is idling, the rev counter may indicate
a gradual or sudden increase of the speed.
It shows the vehicle speed.
This is normal and does not indicate a fault. It may be
caused, for example, by the operation of the climate control system or fan. In such cases, a slight increase in engine
idle speed helps to safeguard the battery charge level.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 12
F0N0332m
fig. 13
F0N0013m
15
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 16
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE Fig. 14
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
This shows the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
E tank empty.
F tank full (see the instructions provided in paragraph
“Vehicle refuelling” in this section).
The warning light A coming on indicates that there are
about 10-12 litres of fuel remaining in the tank (depending
on the version). Do not travel with the fuel tank almost
empty: the gaps in fuel delivery could damage the catalyst.
IMPORTANT The needle will point to E and warning light
A will blink to indicate a fault in the system. Contact a Fiat
Dealership to have the system checked.
IMPORTANT It is not advisable to start the additional
heater (Webasto) when fuel is on reserve.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE fig. 15
This shows the temperature of the engine coolant fluid
and starts working when the fluid temperature exceeds
approx. 50°C.
Under normal conditions, the needle should hover around
the middle of the scale according to the working conditions of the vehicle.
C Low engine coolant temperature.
H High engine coolant temperature.
Warning light B may light up (and a message on the multifunction display may appear in certain versions) to indicate that the coolant temperature is too high; in this case,
stop the engine and contact the Fiat Dealership.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
16
fig. 14
F0N0014m
fig. 15
F0N0015m
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 17
If the needle reaches the red area, stop the
engine immediately and contact a Fiat
Dealership.
ENGINE OIL LEVEL GAUGE
(for versions/markets where provided)
The gauge provides a graphic indication of the level of oil
in the engine.
Versions with digital display
F0N1017g
When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the quantity of
oil in the engine is displayed by means of five symbols.
The failure of the fifth symbol to come on should not be
taken as a fault or the fact that there is not enough oil in
the sump.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT To find out the correct oil quantity, always
check on the dipstick (see paragraph “Checking levels” in
the section “Maintenance and care”).
SAFETY
After a few seconds, the symbol display indicating the
amount of engine oil disappears and:
❒ When the next scheduled servicing is near, the time
to the next service is displayed and the warning light
õ lights up on the instrument panel. When the service
date is reached, the display shows some dashes.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
❒ then, if it is nearly time to change the engine oil, the
time to the next oil change is shown on the top row
of the display and the message “OIL” appears in the
lower part of the display. When the service date is
reached, the display shows five dashes.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Versions with multifunction display
If the oil level is lower than the minimum required value
and a top-up is required, the display shows 5 dashes intermittently.
Four or 5 symbols light up to indicate a sufficient level of
oil in the sump.
F0N1018g
When the ignition key is turned to MAR the display shows
the oil level on the first row by turning five symbols on/off.
The symbols are gradually turned off to indicate a reduction in the oil level.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
17
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 18
The symbols are gradually turned off as the oil level drops.
DIGITAL DISPLAY
Four or 5 symbols light up to indicate a sufficient level of
oil in the sump. If the fifth symbol is not lit, this does not
indicate a fault or that insufficient oil is present in the sump.
STANDARD SCREEN fig. 16
SAFETY
If the oil level is lower than the minimum required value,
the display shows a dedicated message indicating minimum
engine oil level and the need for a top-up.
A Headlamp alignment position (only with dipped headlamps on);
STARTING
AND DRIVING
IMPORTANT To find out the correct oil quantity, always
check using the dipstick (see paragraph “Checking levels”
in the section “Maintenance and care”).
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
After a few seconds, the symbol display indicating the
amount of engine oil disappears and:
❒ When the next scheduled servicing is near, the time
to the next service is displayed and the warning light
õ lights up on the instrument panel. When the service
date is reached, the display shows a dedicated message;
The standard screen shows the following information:
B Time (always displayed, even with the key extracted
and the front doors closed);
C Odometer (distance covered in kilometres or miles)
and TRIP data.
NOTE With key removed (when opening one of the front
doors) the display turns on and shows the time and km or
miles covered for a few seconds.
❒ then, if it is nearly time to change the engine oil, the time
to the next oil change is shown on the top row of the
display. When the service interval has expired a dedicated warning will be shown on the display.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
18
fig. 16
F0N0016m
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 19
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 17
SETUP MENU Fig. 18
▲ To scroll the displayed menu and the related options
The menu comprises a series of functions arranged in a cycle which can be selected through buttons ▲ and ▼ to
access the different select operations and settings (setup)
given in the following paragraphs.
upwards or to increase the value displayed.
MODE Press briefly to access the menu and/or go to
next screen or to confirm the required menu option. Hold down to go back to the standard
screen.
The setup menu can be activated by briefly pressing button MODE.
▼ To scroll the displayed menu and the related options
Single presses on buttons ▲ and ▼ will scroll the setup
menu options.
NOTE Buttons ▲ and ▼ activate different functions
according to the following situations:
Handling modes differ with each other according to the
characteristic of the option selected.
downwards or to decrease the value displayed.
Setup menu
– within the menu, they allow you to scroll up and down
through the options;
– during setting operations they allow an increase or decrease.
Selecting a menu option
– Briefly press button MODE to select the menu option
that needs to be changed;
– press buttons ▲ and ▼ (by single presses) to select the
new setting;
– briefly press button MODE to store the new setting and
at the same time go back to the previously selected menu
option.
Selecting “Set Clock”
– Briefly press button MODE to select the first value to
change (hours);
– press buttons ▲ and ▼ (by single presses) to select the
new setting;
– briefly press button MODE to store the new setting and
go to the next setup menu option (minutes);
fig. 17
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
19
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 20
– after setting the values with the same procedure, go back
to the menu item previously selected.
– to save only the changes stored by the user (and confirmed
by pressing button MODE).
Prolonged pressing of the button MODE make it possible:
– to quit the set up menu if you are in the menu;
– to quit the displayed menu if you are setting an option;
The environment of the Set Up menu is timed; when the
menu is exited due to expiry of the time allowed, only
the changes already stored by the user (confirmed beforehand by a brief press of the button MODE) will be
saved.
From the standard screen, briefly press button MODE to start browsing. Press ▲ or ▼ to browse within the
menu. NOTE Only the short menu can be accessed while the vehicle is moving for reasons of safety (“SPEED” setting). Stop the vehicle to access the full menu.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
F0N1007g
INDEX
fig. 18
20
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 21
Setting the speed limit (SPEED)
Setting the clock (Hour)
With this function it is possible to set the vehicle speed
limit (km/h or mph); when this limit is exceeded the driver is immediately alerted (see section “Warning lights and
messages”).
This function is used to set the clock.
To set the desired speed limit, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the display will show the
wording (SPEED) and the unit (km/h) or (mph) previously set;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select activation (On) or deactivation (OFF) of the speed limit;
– if the function has been activated (On), press buttons
▲ or ▼ to select the required speed limit and then press
MODE to confirm.
NOTE The speed may be set in the range from 30 to
200 km/h, or from 20 to 125 mph according to the previously chosen unit (see “Setting the distance unit”) described below. The setting will increase/decrease by five
units each time button ▲/▼ is pressed. Hold down button ▲/▼ to increase/decrease the setting rapidly. Complete the setting by briefly pressing the button when you
approach the required setting.
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the display shows the
“hours” flashing;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– briefly press button MODE: “minutes”starts flashing on
the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
21
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 22
Adjusting the buzzer volume (bUZZ)
Setting the distance unit (Unit)
This function enables to adjust the volume of the buzzer
accompanying any failure/warning indication.
With this function it is possible to set the unit.
To set the desired volume, proceed as follows:
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
22
– briefly press button MODE, the display will show the
wording (bUZZ);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select the required volume (volume can be adjusted according to 8 levels);
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the display will show the
wording (Unit) and the previously set unit (km) or (mi);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select the required distance unit.
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
13:53
Pagina 23
Front passenger’s airbag and side bag
activation/deactivation (BAG P)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
This function is used to activate/deactivate the front passenger’s airbag.
MODE
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
❒ the confirmation request message will be displayed;
MODE
❒ press buttons ▲ or ▼ to select either Yes (to confirm
activation/deactivation) or No (to abort);
F0N1006g
F0N1005g
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
MODE
F0N1002g
❒ briefly press button MODE : the display shows a message confirming the selected value. Now, go back to the
menu screen or press the button for a prolonged time
to go back to the standard screen without storing the
settings.
SAFETY
F0N1003g
F0N1002g
Proceed as follows:
❒ press button MODE: the display shows messages (BAG
P OFF) (to deactivate) or the message (BAG P On)(to
activate). Press the buttons ▲ or ▼ followed by button
MODE again;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
F0N1003g
11-02-2010
F0N1001g
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
23
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 24
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
(for versions/markets where provided)
NOTE When opening one of the front doors, the display
will turn on and show for a few seconds the clock and
the kilometres or miles covered.
The multifunction display is able to display information that
is useful and necessary during driving.
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 20
“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 19
The standard screen shows the following information:
A Date
B Odometer (covered km or miles).
C Time (always displayed, even with the key extracted
and the front doors closed);
D Outside temperature.
E Headlamp alignment position (only with dipped headlamps on).
▲ To scroll the displayed menu and the related options
upwards or to increase the value displayed.
MODE Press briefly to display the menu and/or go to
next screen or confirm the required menu option.
Hold pressed to go back to the standard screen.
▼ To scroll the displayed menu and the related options
downwards or to decrease the value displayed.
NOTE Buttons ▲ and ▼ activate different functions according to the following situations:
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
24
fig. 19
F0N0018m
fig. 20
F0N0017m
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 25
Light adjustment inside vehicle
– with the side lights on and standard screen active, it is
possible to adjust the brightness inside the vehicle.
Setup menu
– within the menu, they allow you to scroll up and down
through the options;
– to increase or decrease values during settings.
SETUP MENU Fig. 21
The menu comprises a series of functions arranged in a cycle which can be selected through buttons ▲ and ▼ to access the different select operations and settings (setup)
given in the following paragraphs. A submenu is provided
for some items (Clock and Unit setting).
The setup menu can be activated by pressing the MODE
button briefly.
Single presses on buttons ▲ or ▼ will scroll the setup menu
options.
Handling modes are different according to the characteristic of the option selected.
Selection of an option from main menu without submenu:
– Briefly press button MODE to select the main menu option that needs to be changed;
– Press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to select the
new setting;
– Briefly press button MODE to store the new setting and
at the same time go back to the previously selected menu
option.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
25
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
26
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 26
Selection of an option from main menu with submenu:
Prolonged pressing of the button MODE makes it possible:
– a short press on the button will display the first submenu
option;
– to quit the set up menu if you are in the main menu;
– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to scroll all the
submenu options;
– to quit the main menu if you are in another point of the
menu (e.g.: at submenu option setting level, at submenu
level or at main menu option setting level);
– briefly press the MODE button to select the displayed
submenu option and to open the relevant set-up menu;
– to save only the changes stored by the user (and confirmed by pressing button MODE).
– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to select the
new setting for this submenu option.
The environment of the Set Up menu is timed; when the
menu is exited due to expiry of the time allowed, only
the changes already stored by the user (confirmed beforehand by a brief press of the button) will be saved.
– briefly press button MODE to store the new setting and
at the same time go back to the previously selected menu
option.
Selecting “Date” and “Set Clock”:
– briefly press button MODE to select the first value to be
changed (e.g. hours/minutes or year/month/day);
– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to select the
new setting;
– briefly press button MODE to store the new setting and
at the same time go to the next setup menu option. If the
processed option is the last one, the system brings you
back to the previously selected option of the main menu.
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Example:
English
Español
Nederland
Français
Português
▲
▲
MODE
button
pressed
briefly
▼
▲
▼
Example:
From the standard screen, briefly press button MODE
to start browsing. Press ▲ or ▼ to browse within the
menu.
NOTE Only the short menu may be accessed for reasons of safety while the vehicle is moving (“Speed Beep”
setting). Stop the vehicle to access the full menu.
Deutsch
Italiano
Pagina 27
SPEED BEEP
Month
Year
SAFETY
▲
▼
HEADLIGHT SENS.
MODE
button
pressed
briefly
▼
TRIP B DATA
MENU EXIT
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Day
▲
▼
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
SET TIME
▲
PASSENGER AIR BAG
▼
▼
▲
IN AN EMERGENCY
SERVICE
▲
SET DATE
▼
▼
BUZZER BELTS (*)
▲
STARTING
AND DRIVING
▲
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
SEE RADIO
▼
AUTOCLOSE
BUTTON VOLUME
▲
▼
UNIT
WARNING VOLUME
▼
▲
LANGUAGE
▼
▼
▼
▲
F0N1000g
▲
▲
(*) This function may only be displayed after the SBR system is deactivated by a Fiat Dealership.
fig. 21
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
27
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 28
Speed limit (Speed Beep)
To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
This function enables setting of the vehicle speed limit
(km/h or mph). When this limit is exceeded the driver is
immediately alerted (see section “Warning lights and messages”).
– briefly press button MODE: ON flashes on the display;
To set the desired speed limit, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the display will show the
wording “Speed Beep”;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select speed limit activation (On)
or deactivation (Off);
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
– if the function has been activated (On), press buttons
▲ or ▼ to select the required speed limit and then press
MODE to confirm;
NOTE. The speed may be set in the range from 30 to 200
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
28
km/h, or from 20 to 125 mph according to the previously chosen unit (see “Setting the distance unit” paragraph ) described
below. The setting will increase/decrease by five units each
time button ▲/▼ is pressed. Hold down button ▲/▼ to increase/decrease the setting rapidly. Complete the setting by
briefly pressing the button when you approach the required
setting.
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
– press button ▼: OFF flashes on the display;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
Headlight sensor sensitivity adjustment
(for versions/markets where provided)
With this function it is possible to adjust the rain headlight
sensitivity according to 3 levels.
To set the required sensitivity level proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set sensitivity “level” starts flashing on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 29
Trip B On/Off (tripB data)
This function may be used to activate (On) or deactivate
(Off) the Trip B (partial trip).
For further information see the “Trip computer” paragraph.
Proceed as follows to switch the function on and off:
– briefly press button MODE: ON or OFF flashes on the
display (according to the previous setting);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
Setting the clock (Set time)
This function enables to set the clock through two submenus: “Time” and “Format”.
To carry out the adjustment, proceed as follows:
– briefly press the MODE button and two submenus (Time
and Format) are displayed;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to move between the two submenus;
– once you have selected a submenu to amend, press
MODE briefly;
– when accessing the “Hour” submenu: briefly press button
MODE: the display shows the “hours” flashing;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– briefly press button MODE: “minutes”starts flashing on
the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– when accessing the “Format” submenu: briefly press button MODE : the previously set display format will flash
on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select “24h” or “12h”.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
When you have made the required settings, briefly press
the MODE button to go back to the submenu screen or
hold the button down to go back to the main menu screen
without storing the new settings.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
– press the MODE button again for a while to return to
the standard screen or to the main menu according to
where you are in the menu.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
29
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 30
Set date (Set Date)
Using this function it is possible to update the date (day
– month – year).
Proceed as follows to update:
– briefly press button MODE: the day starts flashing on the
display (dd);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– briefly press button MODE: the month starts flashing on
the display (mm);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– briefly press button MODE: the year starts flashing on
the display (yyyy);
Audio repetition (See sound system)
With this function the display repeats information relevant
to the sound system.
– Radio: selected radio station frequency or RDS message,
automatic tuning activation or AutoSTore;
– audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;
– CD Changer: CD number and track number.
To show the radio information on the display (On) or clear
it (Off), proceed as follows:
– briefly press MODE: (On) or (Off) will flash on the display (according to previous setting);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
NOTE The setting increases or decreases by one unit each
time button ▲ or ▼ is pressed. Hold the button pressed
to increase/decrease the setting rapidly. Complete the setting by briefly pressing the button when you approach the
required setting.
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select;
Automatic central door locking with vehicle running (Autoclose)
When activated (On), this function locks automatically the
doors when the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h.
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) this function proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE to display one sub-menu;
– briefly pressMODE button ON or OFF flashes on the display (according to the previous setting);
INDEX
30
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 31
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the submenu screen or give the button a long press to return to
the main menu screen without storing;
– press the MODE button again for a while to return to
the standard screen or to the main menu according to
where you are in the menu.
– when accessing the “Consumption” submenu: briefly press button MODE: the display will show “km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg”
(according to previous setting);
Set units (Unit of measure)
If the distance unit set is “mi” the fuel consumption unit
will be displayed in “mpg”.
With this function it is possible to set the units through
three sub-menus: “Distances”, “Consumption” and “Temperature”.
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
– briefly press MODE to display the three sub-menus;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to move between the three submenus;
– once you have selected a sub-menu, press MODE briefly;
– when accessing the “Distances” submenu: briefly press button MODE: either “km” or “mi” will appear on the display
(according to the previous setting);
If the set distance unit is “km”, the display enables setting
of the fuel consumption unit (km/l or l/100) depending
on the amount of fuel consumed.
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select;
– when accessing the “Temperature” submenu: briefly press button MODE: the display will show “°C” or “°F” (according to
previous setting);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select;
When you have made the required settings, briefly press
the MODE button to go back to the submenu screen or
hold the button down to go back to the main menu screen
without storing the new settings.
– Press the MODE button again for a while to return to
the standard screen or to the main menu according to
where you are in the menu.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
31
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 32
Selecting the language (Language)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
32
Display messages can be shown in different languages: Italian, German, English, Spanish, French, Portuguese and
Dutch.
To set the desired language, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set language
starts flashing on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
Adjust the failure/warning buzzer volume
(Buzzer Volume)
This function allows the volume of the buzzer which accompanies the display of failures/warnings to be adjusted
(8 levels).
To set the desired volume, proceed as follows:
– press the MODE button briefly, making the display flash
the previously set volume level;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
Adjust the button volume (Button Vol.)
This function is used to set the volume of the roger-beep
accompanying the activation of buttons MODE, ▲ and ▼
through 8 levels.
To set the desired volume, proceed as follows:
– press the MODE button briefly, making the display flash
the previously set volume level;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust;
– press the MODE button briefly to return to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to return to the standard screen without memorizing.
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 33
S.B.R. buzzer reactivation (Belt Buzzer)
This function can be only displayed after Fiat Dealership
has deactivated the S.B.R. system (see paragraph “S.B.R.
system” in section “Safety devices”).
Scheduled Servicing (Service)
This function allows the mileage intervals for services to
be displayed.
To consult this display, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the display shows service
requirements in km or mi according to the previous setting (see paragraph “Unit of measure”);
– briefly press button MODE to go back to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to go back to the
standard screen.
NOTE The “Scheduled Maintenance Plan” sets out differ-
ent service intervals depending on the engine type. This
indication will appear automatically with the key at MAR
starting from 2,000 km (or 1240 mi) and will be presented automatically every 200 km (or 124 mi). Oil change notification messages are displayed in the same way. Use keys
▲ and ▼ to display service and oil change due dates alternately. Below 200 km the signals become more frequent. The indication will appear in kilometres or miles according to the unit of measurement settings. When the
next scheduled servicing is approaching, the message “Service” will appear on the display followed by the number of kilometres or miles left when the key is turned
to MAR. Contact a Fiat Dealership where the “Scheduled
Service” operations will be performed and the message
will be (reset).
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
33
13:53
Pagina 34
Front passenger’s airbag and side bag
activation/deactivation
(for versions/markets, where provided)
This function is used to activate/deactivate the front passenger’s airbag.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
F0N1011g
❒ press MODE and after the message (Bag pass Off) (deactivate) or (Bag pass On) (activate) appears by pressing
buttons ▲ and ▼, press the MODE button again;
F0N1010g
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Proceed as follows:
❒ the display will show the confirmation message;
MODE
❒ press buttons ▲ or ▼ to select either Yes (to confirm
activation/deactivation) or No (to abort);
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
❒ briefly press button MODE: the display shows a message
confirming the selected value. Now, go back to the menu
screen or press the button for longer to go back to
the standard screen without storing the settings.
F0N1013g
SAFETY
MODE
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
F0N1014g
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
F0N1009g
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
MODE
INDEX
34
F0N1009g
F0N1016g
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
The latest function closes the cycle of settings listed in the
menu screen. Pressing the MODE button briefly will return the display to the standard screen without storing.
Press button ▼ to return to the first menu option (Speed
Beep).
F0N1009g
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
F0N1015g
Menu exit
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 35
TRIP COMPUTER
General features
The “Trip computer” is used to display information on vehicle operation when the key is turned to MAR. This function allows to define two separate trips called “Trip A”
and “Trip B” for monitoring the “complete mission” of the
vehicle (trip) in a reciprocally independent manner. Both
functions can be zeroed (reset – start of a new journey).
“Trip A” is used to display the figures relating to:
– Outside temperature
– Range
– Trip distance
– Average consumption
– Instant consumption
– Average speed
– Travel time (driving time).
“Trip B”, available on multifunction display only, shall be
used to display the figures relating to:
– Distance travelled B
– Average consumption B
– Average speed B
– Travel time B (driving time).
NOTE “Trip B” function may be excluded (see “Trip B on”).
“Range” and “Instantaneous fuel consumption” parameters cannot be reset.
Values displayed
External temperature
Indicates the temperature outside the vehicle passenger
compartment.
Range (for versions/markets where provided)
It indicates the distance left to travel based on the fuel in
the tank assuming that driving conditions will not change.
The message “- - -” will appear on the display in the following cases:
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
– range value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
– vehicle left parked with engine running for long.
Distance travelled
This value shows the distance covered from the start of
the new mission.
Average consumption (for versions/markets where provided)
This value shows the average consumption from the start
of the new mission.
Instant consumption (for versions/markets where provided)
This indicates the fuel consumption. The value is constantly
updated. The message “- - -” will appear on the display if
the vehicle is parked with the engine running.
Average speed
Represents the vehicle average speed as a function of the
overall time elapsed since the start of a new mission.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
35
001-036 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
13:53
Pagina 36
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Trip time
This value shows the time elapsed since the start of the
new mission.
IMPORTANT If the reset operation is carried out when
“Trip A” is being displayed, only the information associated with this function is reset.
SAFETY
IMPORTANT If information is not available, the message
“- - -” will appear instead of the Trip Computer values.
Displaying of the values will be resumed when normal operation is restored without resetting the values displayed
before the problem nor starting a new mission.
IMPORTANT If the reset operation is carried out when
“Trip B” is being displayed, only the information associated with this function is reset.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
TRIP control button fig. 22
The TRIP button is located on the right hand lever. With the
ignition key turned to MAR, this button allows you to view
the previously described parameters and also zero them to
begin a new mission:
– short pressing to display the different values;
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Start trip procedure
With the ignition key in the MAR position, reset by pressing the TRIP button and keeping it pressed for more than
2 seconds.
Trip Exit
To quit the Trip function: keep button MODE pressed for
over 2 seconds.
– prolonged pressing to reset and then start a new mission.
New mission
The new mission begins after:
– “manual” resetting by the user, by pressing the relevant
button;
– “automatic” resetting, when the “Trip distance” reaches 3999.9 km or 9999.9 km (according to the type of display) or when the “Travel time” reaches 99.59 (99 hours
and 59 minutes);
– disconnection/reconnection of the battery.
INDEX
36
fig. 22
F0N0019m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 37
SEATS
WARNING
WARNING
Any adjustments should only be carried
out with the vehicle stationary.
The fabric covers on your vehicle have been
dimensioned to be resistant to normal wear
and tear. Some precautions are however
needed. Avoid prolonged rubbing against clothing
accessories, such as metal buckles, bosses, Velcro
strips and the like, which by applying a high pressure on the fabric in a small area could cause the
breakage of some threads and damage the upholstery.
After releasing the adjustment lever, always check that the seat is locked on the
guides by trying to move it back and forth. If it is
not locked, the seat may move unexpectedly and
make you lose control of the vehicle.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Height adjustment
To raise the seat: whilst sitting, move the lever B upwards
(front part of the seat) or the lever C (rear part of the
seat) and shift your body weight away from the part of the
seat to be raised.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
Lengthwise direction adjustment fig. 23
Lift the lever A and push the seat forwards or backwards:
in the driving position your arms should rest on the rim
of the steering wheel.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 23
F0N0118m
37
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 38
To lower the seat: whilst sitting, move the lever B upwards
(front part of the seat) or the lever C (rear part of the
seat) and place your body weight on the part of the seat
to be lowered.
Backrest angle adjustment fig. 23
AIR SEAT
The seat is equipped with a mechanical spring system and
hydraulic shock absorber to ensure maximum comfort and
safety. The system of springs also effectively absorbs impact from uneven road surfaces.
See the description in the “Front seats” section for the
lengthwise adjustments, height adjustments, backrest adjustment, lumbar adjustment and armrest adjustment.
Turn knob D.
WARNING
Damper weight adjustment
For maximum protection, keep the back
of your seat upright, lean back into it and
make sure the seat belt fits closely across your
chest and hips.
Use the adjustment knob A – fig. 25 to set the required
setting based on body weight, with settings between 40 kg
and 130 kg.
Lumbar adjustment
To adjust, turn knob E – fig. 24.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
38
fig. 24
F0N0147m
fig. 25
F0N0139m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 39
SEATS WITH ADJUSTABLE ARMRESTS
The driver’s seat may be equipped with an armrest that
can be raised and adjusted for height. To adjust, use the
wheel A – fig. 26.
REVOLVING BASE SEAT
(for versions/markets where provided)
It may be turned through 180° toward the seat on the opposite side. Use the control A – fig. 27 to rotate the seat.
Before turning, move the seat forward and only then adjust the reach fig. 27a.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
Before putting on the front seat belts,
make sure that the armrests are in a vertical position (see “Seat belts” paragraph).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
Before unfastening your seat belt and getting out of the vehicle, make sure that the
(door side) outer armrest is fully raised.
IN AN EMERGENCY
F0N0187m
fig. 27
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
fig. 26
F0N0148m
fig. 27a
INDEX
2
F0N0187m
39
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 40
REVOLVING SEAT WITH SEAT BELT
(for versions/markets, where provided)
Backrest angle adjustment
Operate the lever A – fig. 29.
It is equipped with a seat belt with three anchorage points
fig. 28, two adjustable armrests (for the adjustment, see
“Seats with adjustable armrests” paragraph) and head restraints adjustable for height (for the adjustment, see “Head
restraints” paragraph).
Height adjustment fig. 29
Operate the controls B or C to raise/lower the front/rear
part of the seat respectively.
Seat rotation
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
All adjustments must be made with the vehicle stationary. In particular, while turning the seat, take care that it does not interfere
with the handbrake lever.
It may be turned through 180° toward the seat on the opposite side and approximately 35° toward the door It may
be locked in the driving position or at 180°.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
40
fig. 28
F0N0173m
fig. 29
F0N0174m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 41
Use the lever D – fig. 30a (on the right side of the seat)
to turn the seat.
Before turning, move the seat forward and only then adjust the reach fig. 27a.
FLAP ON BENCH fig. 30c
(for versions/markets where provided)
The seat is equipped with a fold-down flap that can be used
as a document support surface. To use, the pull tab A and
lower the flap. The flap is equipped with two cup holders
and a support surface with a paper holder clip.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
Ensure the seat is locked in the driving
position before starting up the vehicle.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Seat heating fig. 30b
(for versions/markets where provided)
With the key turned to MAR, press the button E to switch
the function on/off.
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 30b
F0N0213m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 30a
F0N0175m
fig. 30c
F0N0149m
41
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 42
WARNING
Do not place heavy loads on the flap with
the vehicle in motion because they could
be thrown against the vehicle occupants in the
event of sudden braking or impacts, causing
severe injury.
COMPARTMENT UNDER THE SEAT
(for versions/markets where provided)
A compartment A – fig. 30d is present under the seat that
can be easily removed by withdrawing the hooks on the
support base.
SEAT BASE PLASTIC COVERS fig. 30e
(for versions/markets where provided)
The Front cover A can be opened by operating the release
handle B on the upper part.
This gives access to the under-seat compartment (see “under-seat compartment” paragraph).
To make it easier to open the front cover and gain access to the compartment, the seat must be as far back as
possible.
To allow removal of the front cover, it must be turned as
far forward as possible and withdrawn from the hooks on
the lower side by pulling toward the front of the vehicle.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
42
fig. 30d
F0N0237m
fig. 30e
F0N0238m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 43
Tilting middle seat backrest
(2nd – 3rd row) fig. 31
PANORAMA VERSIONS
Adjusting the passenger seat tilting backrest
fig. 31
Lift the lever C and fold the backrest forwards.
Turn the knob A.
A hard surface on the back of the middle seat is used as
an armrest and table with cup holders.
Access to seats in second row fig. 31
Operate the lever to reposition the backrest.
To gain access to the second row of seats, operate the
lever B for the right outer side seat in the first row and tilt
the backrest forward and push with your left hand.
To lower the backrest of the middle seat in the second
row, remove the head restraint to make it easier to adjust
the backrest of the middle seat in the first row.
When the seat is restored to its normal position, it engages
with the retaining device without the need to operate the
lever again.
COMBI VERSIONS
On the one-piece Panorama seat in the second row both
side seats are fixed.
Lift lever A – fig. 32 and tilt the backrest forwards.
Easy Entry position
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 31
F0N0227m
fig. 32
F0N0228m
43
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 44
Stacked position
To remove the bench, proceed as follows:
Proceed as follows:
– from the stacked position, operate the levers C and
D – fig. 34 turning them forward (as specified on the
adhesive plate located on the lower crossmember);
– remove the head restraints from the easy entry position;
– raise the lever B – fig. 33 (located beneath the lever A)
with your right hand;
– turn the backrest 5º to the rear;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
– fold the backrest forward with your left hand.
WARNING
Do not travel in the 3rd row with the 2nd
row bench folded over. Do not place any
type of objects on the 2nd row bench with the
backrest folded over: in the case of an impact or
sharp braking they could be flung against the occupants of the vehicle casing serious injury. For
more information, see the contents of the adhesive plate located under the bench.
fig. 33
F0N0229m
fig. 34
F0N0230m
Removing the bench
IMPORTANT It takes at least two people to remove the
bench.
INDEX
44
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 45
HEAD RESTRAINTS
– lift the base of the seat forward;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
– move the seat upright;
– from the upright position, operate the levers E and
F – fig. 35, turning them upward;
– raise the bench from the floor and remove it.
FRONT fig. 36
On certain versions the head restraints are adjustable in
height and they lock automatically in the required position.
SAFETY
Adjustment
❒ upwards adjustment: lift the head restraint until it locks;
WARNING
When refitting the bench, ensure it is correctly locked to the floor guides.
❒ downward adjustment: press the button A and lower
the head restraint.
To extract the front head restraints press the buttons
A and B on both sides simultaneously and release them
upwards.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 35
F0N0231m
fig. 36
F0N0020m
45
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 46
WARNING
Head restraints must be adjusted so that
the head, rather than the neck, rests on
them. Only then can they protect your head correctly.
WARNING
The adjustments should only be carried
out with the vehicle stationary and the engine turned off.
SAFETY
WARNING
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
To make the best use of the head restraint protective action, adjust the seat back so that your trunk is upright and
keep your head as close as possible to the head restraint.
It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any
after-market operations involving steering
system or steering column modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft device). This could affect
performance and safety, invalidate the warranty
and also result in the non-compliance of the vehicle with approval requirements.
STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel position can be adjusted axially.
To carry out the adjustment, proceed as follows:
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ release the lever fig. 37 pulling it towards the steering
wheel (position 2);
❒ adjust the steering wheel;
❒ lock the lever by pushing it forwards (position 1).
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
46
fig. 37
F0N0321m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 47
MIRRORS
WARNING
INTERIOR MIRROR fig. 38
The mirror is fitted with a safety device that causes its release in the event of a violent impact with the passenger.
The reflective surface of the lower part
of the rear view mirror is parabolic and increases the field of view. The image size is reduced
and gives the impression that the selected item
is further away than it actually is.
It can be moved using the lever A to two different positions: normal or antiglare.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WING MIRRORS
Electrical adjustment
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Adjustment fig. 39
This operation is only possible with ignition key in MAR.
To adjust the mirror, place the knob B in one of the four
positions: ÿ1 left mirror, ⁄ 2 right mirror ¤ 3 left wide
angle, Ÿ 4 right wide angle.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Manual adjustment
Adjust each of the two mirror glasses directly.
After positioning the knob, move in the arrowed direction
to adjust the glass of the chosen mirror.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 38
F0N0022m
fig. 39
F0N0024m
47
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 48
Folding
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
When required (for example when the mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces) it is possible to fold the mirror
moving it from position 1 – fig. 40 to position 2.
Defrosting/demisting
(for versions/markets where provided)
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT If the mirror is folded back manually, it
should be returned to its original position manually; if the
mirror is folded back electrically, it should be returned
to its original position electrically.
When driving the mirrors should always be
in position 1 – fig. 40.
The mirrors are fitted with resistors that are activated
when the heated rear windscreen is turned on (by pressing button ().
IMPORTANT This function is timed and it will turn off automatically a few minutes later.
Electric folding
(for versions/markets where provided)
Adjust the rocker switch A – fig. 41, by pressing on side 1
to place the mirror in the open position, on side 2 to place
the mirror in the closed position.
WARNING
As the driver’s wing mirror is curved, it may
slightly alter the perception of distance.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
48
fig. 40
F0N0834m
fig. 41
F0N0159m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 49
HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM
F0N0322m
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
fig. 42
1. Upper fixed vent – 2. Adjustable centre vents – 3. Fixed side vent – 4. Adjustable side vents – 5. Lower vents for
front seats.
INDEX
49
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 50
ADJUSTABLE SIDE AND CENTRE VENTS
fig. 43-44
D
E
A
B
C
The vents A and C cannot be adjusted.
Fixed vents for side windows.
Adjustable side vents.
Fixed vents.
Adjustable centre vents.
Air flow adjustment control.
CONTROLS fig. 45
Air temperature adjustment rotating wheel A
(mixing hot/cold air)
Red section = hot air
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Blue section = cold air
Knob B activates/adjusts the fan
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
p 0 = fan off
1-2-3 = ventilation speed
4 - = maximum fan speed
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 43
F0N0026m
fig. 44
F0N0027m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
50
fig. 45
F0N0028m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 51
Air distribution rotating wheel C
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING
∂ to direct air to the centre and side vents;
ß to send air to the feet and direct cooler air to the dash-
Proceed as follows:
board vents, in intermediate temperature conditions;
© for heating when the outside temperature is very low:
to direct as much air as possible to the feet;
® to warm the feet and, at the same time, demist the windscreen;
- for quick windscreen demisting.
Air recirculation on/off knob D
When the knob D is turned to Ò the internal air recirculation is activated.
When the knob D is turned to Ú the internal air recirculation is deactivated.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT VENTILATION
To ventilate the passenger compartment properly, proceed as follows:
❒ turn the ring nutA to the blue section;
❒ switch off the air recirculation by turning the knob D to
Ú;
❒ turn the ring nut C to ∂;
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
❒ turn the knob C to the required position;
❒ turn the knob B to the required speed.
RAPID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
HEATING
For the rapid heating of the passenger compartment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
❒ switch on the air recirculation by turning the knob D
to Ò ;
❒ turn the ring nut C to ©;
❒ turn the knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
Then use the controls to maintain the required comfort
conditions and turn the knob D to ⁄ to turn the air recirculation off and to prevent misting up.
IMPORTANT With cold engine, you have to wait for a few
minutes to let the system fluid reach the operating temperature.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
❒ turn the knob B to the required speed.
INDEX
51
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 52
FRONT WINDOW FAST
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
(WINDSCREEN AND SIDE WINDOWS)
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
❒ switch off the air recirculation by turning the knob D to
Ú;
❒ turn the knob C to -;
❒ turn the knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
IMPORTANT To ensure fast demisting/defrosting, if a supplementary heater is present (under the front or rear seat
for Panorama and Combi versions), if on, turn off using
button F (LED off) located on the control panel fig. 46.
After demisting/defrosting, operate the controls to restore
the required comfort conditions.
In the event of considerable external moisture and/or rain
and/or large differences in temperature inside and outside
the passenger compartment, perform the following preventive window demisting procedure:
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
❒ switch off the air recirculation by turning the knob D to
Ú;
❒ turn the knob C to - or to ® if the windows do not
demist;
❒ turn the knob B to the 2nd speed.
HEATED REAR WINDSCREEN AND DOOR
MIRRORS DEMISTING/DEFROSTING fig. 47
(for versions/markets where provided)
Press the button A to activate this function; when this function is on the warning light in the button comes on.
IN AN EMERGENCY
This function is timed and will turn off automatically after 20 minutes. Press button A again to switch the function off.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers to the inside of the
rear window over the heating filaments to avoid damage
that might cause it to stop working properly.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
52
Window demisting
fig. 46
F0N0185m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 53
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
INTERNAL air internal recirculation
ACTIVATION
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
(for versions/markets where provided)
Turn the knob D to Ò .
It is advisable to switch the internal air internal recirculation on while standing in queues or in tunnels to prevent
the introduction of polluted air. Do not use the function
for a long time, particularly if there are many passengers
on board, to prevent the windows from misting up.
CONTROLS fig. 48
IMPORTANT The air recirculation system makes it possible to reach the required heating or cooling conditions
faster.
Blue section = cold air
Do not use the air recirculation function on rainy/cold days
as it would considerably increase the possibility of the windows misting up.
p 0 = fan off
Air temperature adjustment rotating wheel A
(mixing hot/cold air)
SAFETY
Red section = hot air
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Knob B activates/adjusts the fan
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
1-2-3 = ventilation speed
4 - = maximum fan speed
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 47
F0N0043m
fig. 48
F0N0833m
53
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 54
Air distribution rotating wheel C
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT VENTILATION
∂ to direct air to the centre and side vents;
ß to send air to the feet and direct cooler air to the dash-
To ventilate the passenger compartment properly, proceed
as follows:
© for heating when the outside temperature is very low:
❒ switch off the air recirculation by turning the knob D to
Ú;
® to warm the feet and, at the same time, demist the
❒ turn the ring nut C to ∂;
board vents, in intermediate temperature conditions;
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
to direct as much air as possible to the feet;
windscreen;
- for quick windscreen demisting.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
54
❒ turn the knob B to the required speed.
Air recirculation on/off knob D
CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)
Press the button (button LED on) to turn the air internal
recirculation on.
For fast cooling of the passenger compartment, proceed
as follows:
Press the button again (button LED off) to turn the air
internal recirculation off.
Button E turns climate control system on/off
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ turn the ring nut A to the blue section;
Press the button (button LED on) to turn the climate control system on.
Press the button again (button LED off) to turn the climate
control system off.
❒ turn the ring nut A to the blue section;
❒ switch on the air recirculation by turning the knob D
to Ò ;
❒ turn the ring nut C to ∂;
❒ press the button E to turn the climate control system
on; the LED in the button E will come on;
❒ turn the knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 55
Cooling adjustment
❒ turn the ring nut C to ©;
❒ turn the knob A to the right to increase the temperature;
❒ turn the knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
❒ switch off the air recirculation by turning the knob D to
Ú;
❒ turn the knob B to reduce the fan speed.
IMPORTANT When the air conditioner compressor button E is pressed, the function is only activated if at least
the first fan speed is selected (knob B).
Then use the controls to maintain the required comfort
conditions and turn the knob D to Ú to turn the air recirculation off (button LED off).
IMPORTANT With the engine cold you have to wait for
a few minutes to let the system fluid reach the optimum
operating temperature.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING
FRONT WINDOW FAST
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
(WINDSCREEN AND SIDE WINDOWS)
Proceed as follows:
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
❒ turn the knob C to the required symbol;
❒ turn the knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
❒ turn the knob B to the required speed.
❒ turn the knob C to -;
RAPID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
HEATING
For the rapid heating of the passenger compartment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
❒ turn the air recirculation on by turning the knob D to
Ò;
❒ switch off the air recirculation by turning the knob D to
Ú.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
55
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 56
IMPORTANT To ensure fast demisting/defrosting, if an additional heater/air conditioner is present (under the front
or rear seat on Panorama and Combi versions), if it is activated, turn it off using the button F (LED off) located on
the control panel fig. 49.
Window demisting
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
After demisting/defrosting, operate the controls to restore
the required comfort conditions.
❒ turn the knob A to the red section;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
IMPORTANT The climate control system is very useful to
speed up the demisting because it dehumidifies the air. Adjust the controls as described above and press the button E
to switch the climate control system on; the LED in the
button will light up.
❒ turn the knob C to - or to position ® if the windows
do not demist;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ switch off the air recirculation by turning the knob D to
Ú;
❒ turn the knob B to the 2nd speed.
IMPORTANT The climate control system is very useful to
prevent the windows misting up in presence of high humidity since it dehumidifies the air introduced into the passenger compartment.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
56
In the event of considerable external moisture and/or rain
and/or large differences in temperature inside and outside
the passenger compartment, perform the following preventive window demisting procedure:
fig. 49
F0N0185m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 57
HEATED REAR WINDSCREEN AND DOOR
MIRRORS DEMISTING/DEFROSTING fig. 50
(for versions/markets where provided)
Press the button A to activate this function; when this function is on the warning light in the button comes on.
This function is timed and will turn off automatically after
20 minutes. Press button A again to switch the function off.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on the inside of the
rear window over the heating filaments to avoid damage
that might cause it to stop working properly.
INTERNAL AIR INTERNAL RECIRCULATION
ACTIVATION
Turn the knob D to Ò.
It is advisable to switch the internal air internal recirculation on while standing in queues or in tunnels to prevent
the introduction of polluted air. Do not use the function
for a long time, particularly if there are many passengers
on board, to prevent the windows from misting up.
IMPORTANT The air recirculation system makes it possible to reach the required heating or cooling conditions
faster.
Do not use the air internal recirculation function on
rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the possibility of the windows misting up.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Run the climate control system for at least 10 minutes
every month during the winter. Have the system inspected at a Fiat Dealership before the summer.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
The system uses R134a refrigerant fluid
which does not harm the environment in
the event of accidental leakage. Never use
R12 fluid which is not compatible with the system
components.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 50
F0N0043m
57
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 58
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
(for versions/markets, where provided)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
58
The automatic climate control system adjusts the temperature, the quantity and the distribution of the air in the passenger compartment. The temperature control is based on
the “equivalent temperature”: in other words, the system
continuously works to keep the comfort level inside the vehicle constant and to compensate for possible variations in
outside conditions, including the sun’s rays detected by a dedicated sensor. The automatically controlled parameters and
functions are:
❒ air temperature at the vents;
❒ air distribution at the vents;
❒ fan speed
(continuous air flow variation);
❒ compressor activation (to cool/dehumidify the air);
❒ air recirculation.
All functions may be changed manually. In other words, you
may select one or more functions and change the parameters as required. Automatic control of the manually changed
functions will be suspended: the system will only override
your settings for safety related reasons (e.g. risk of misting
up). Manual selections will always take priority over automatic settings and will be stored until the user switches the
system back to automatic operation by pressing the AUTO
button again expect for the cases in which the system will
intervene for particular, safety-related reasons. You can adjust one function manually without affecting the automatic
control of the others.
The intake air temperature is always automatically controlled
according to the temperature set on the display (except for
when the system is off or in certain conditions when the
compressor is not running).
The system allows the following parameters and functions
to be set or altered manually: air temperature, fan speed
(continuous variation); air distribution in seven positions;
compressor enablement, fast defrosting/demisting function; air recirculation; switching off of the system;
CONTROLS fig. 51
A AUTO button automatic control of all functions.
B Air distribution selection button.
C Display.
D MAX DEF function control button.
fig. 51
F0N0831m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
E
F
G
H
I
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 59
System off button.
Compressor enabling/disabling button.
Air recirculation button.
Fan speed increase/decrease control buttons
Temperature increase/decrease control knob.
USING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
The system can be started in different ways, but it is advisable to start by pressing the AUTO button and then
turning the knob to set the temperature required on the
display. The system will start running automatically in this
way and the set comfortable temperature will be reached
as quickly as possible. The system will adjust the temperature, the quantity and the distribution of the air introduced into the passenger compartment and will manage
the recirculation function and the compressor engagement.
During fully automatic operation the only manual intervention required is the possible activation of the following
functions:
❒ Ò air recirculation, to keep it always on or off;
❒ Z to speed up the demisting/defrosting of the front windows, the rearscreen and the door mirrors;
During the fully automatic operation of the system, the temperature set, the air distribution and the speed of the fan can
be set by operating the buttons and knobs at any time: the
system will automatically change its setting to adapt to the
new requests. During fully automatic operation (FULL
AUTO), the word FULL will disappear if the air distribution and/or flow rate and/or engagement of the compressor
and/or recirculation settings are changed. In this way, the
functions will switch from automatic to manual control until the AUTO button is pressed again. With one or more
functions turned on manually, the adjustment of the intake
air temperature continues to be managed automatically, except with the compressor switched off: in these conditions
the temperature of the air introduced into the passenger
compartment cannot be lower than the outside air.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
CONTROLS
Air temperature adjustment
knob air (l)
Turn the knob either clockwise or anticlockwise to increase or lower the requested temperature in the passenger
compartment.
The temperature set is shown on the display.
Turn the knob either all to the right or all to the left to
the extreme HI or LO position to turn the maximum heating or maximum cooling functions on:
❒ HI Function (maximum heating):
select by turning the temperature knob clockwise over the
maximum value (32°C).
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
59
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 60
This function may be used to heat up the passenger compartment exploiting the system potential to the maximum.
In this condition, the system stops controlling the temperature automatically and sets the air mixing to maximum
heating. The air speed and distribution are fixed.
Air distribution buttons (B)
Press these buttons to manually set one of
the seven air distribution settings:
In particular, if the heating fluid is not sufficiently hot, the
maximum fan speed does not come on straight away in
order to limit the intake of insufficiently hot air into the
passenger compartment.
▲ Air flow to the windscreen and front side window vents
to demist or defrost them.
All manual settings will be allowed when this function is on.
▼ Air flow to the front and rear footwell vents. Thanks
to the natural tendency of hot air to rise upwards, this
distribution pattern allows the passenger compartment
to warm up as quickly as possible, providing an immediate feeling of warmth.
To switch the function off, simply turn the temperature
knob anticlockwise and set the required temperature.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
60
❒ LO function (maximum cooling):
select by turning the temperature knob anticlockwise under the minimum value (16°C).
This function may be used to cool down the passenger
compartment exploiting the system potential to the maximum. In this condition, the system stops controlling the
temperature automatically and sets the air mixing to maximum cooling. The air speed and distribution are fixed. All
manual settings will be allowed when this function is on.
To switch the function off, simply turn the temperature
knob anticlockwise and set the required temperature.
˙ Air flow to the centre and side dashboard vents to ventilate the chest and the face during the hot season.
˙ Air flow distribution between footwell vents (hotter
▼ air) and centre and side dashboard vents (cooler air).
This distribution mode is particularly useful in spring
and autumn on sunny days.
▲ Air flow distributed between the footwell vents and
▼ the windscreen and front side window defrosting/demisting vents. This allows an adequate warming
of the passenger compartment and prevents the windows from misting up.
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 61
Air flow distributed between the windscreen and front
˙ side window defroster/demister vents and the centre
and side dashboard vents. This distribution makes it
possible to maintain good levels of comfort and keep
the passenger compartment sufficiently cool (summer).
Air flow distributed between the windscreen and front
˙ side window defroster/demister vents, the centre and
side dashboard vents and the footwell vents. This distribution allows good air diffusion and maintains a good
level of comfort both in summer and winter.
The distribution set is shown by the corresponding LEDs
in the selected buttons coming on.
To restore automatic control of the air distribution after
a manual selection, press the AUTO button.
Speed adjustment buttons fan (H)
Press the button H to increase or to decrease the fan speed and therefore the
amount of air introduced into the passenger
compartment, whilst keeping the required
temperature set.
The fan speed is shown by the bars lit up in the display:
❒ Max. fan speed = all bars lit;
❒ Min. fan speed = one bar lit.
The fan can only be excluded if the climate control compressor has been switched off by pressing button F – fig. 51.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
IMPORTANT To restore automatic fan speed control
after a manual adjustment, press the AUTO button.
IMPORTANT At high vehicle speeds, the dynamic effect
may increase the flow of air into the passenger compartment which in this case will not directly correspond to the
fan speed bar display.
AUTO button (A)
(automatic operation)
When the AUTO button is pressed the
system automatically regulates the quantity and the distribution of the air introduced
into the passenger compartment cancelling
all the previous manual adjustments.
The message FULL AUTO will appear on the front display
in this condition.
By manually adjusting at least one of the functions automatically managed by the system (air recirculation, air distribution, fan speed or compressor on/off), the word FULL will
disappear from the display, indicating that the system is no
longer automatically controlling all the functions (the temperature will still be controlled automatically by the system).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
61
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 62
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT Should the system (after manual settings)
no longer be able to guarantee the required temperature
set in the passenger compartment, the set temperature
value will start flashing to indicate the difficulties the system is experiencing and then the word AUTO will go out.
SAFETY
To restore system automatic control at any time, after one
or more manual adjustments, press the AUTO button.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Air recirculation on/off button (G)
The Air recirculation works according to
the following operating logics:
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
62
It is however inadvisable to use it on rainy/cold days as it
would considerably increase the possibility of the windows
misting up, especially if the climate control compressor is
off.
The recirculation is forced off (i.e. air is introduced from
the outside) when the the outside temperature is cold to
prevent misting up.
It is advisable not to use the air recirculation function when
the outside temperature is low to prevent the windows
from rapidly misting up.
Climate control compressor
enabling/disabling button (F)
❒ override on (air recirculation always on), indicated by
the LED in button G being on and symbol í in the display;
Pressing the √ button switches the climate
control compressor off, it if was on previously and the logo in the display goes out.
❒ override off (air recirculation always off and introduction of outside air), indicated by the fact that the LED
in the button goes off and symbol êwill appear on the
display.
Press the button when the LED is off to automatically restore system control and use of the compressor. The icon
will light up in the display in this case.
These operating conditions are obtained by pressing air
recirculation button G in sequence.
IMPORTANT The engagement of the air recirculation system makes it possible to reach the required heating or
cooling conditions faster.
The system will switch the recirculation off when the compressor is switched off to prevent the windows misting up.
Although the system is capable of maintaining the required
temperature, the word FULL will disappear from the display.
If the system is no longer able to maintain the temperature,
the figures will flash and the message AUTO will go off.
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 63
IMPORTANT With the compressor off, it is not possible
to introduce air into the passenger compartment at a temperature lower than he outside air. In certain weather
conditions, the windows could mist up rapidly due to the
effect of the non-dehumidified air.
The switching off of the compressor remains memorised
even when the engine has been stopped.
To restore automatic compressor control, press the √
button again (in this case, the system will only work as
a heater) or press the AUTO button.
With the compressor switched off, if the outside temperature is higher than the one set, the system is not capable of satisfying this request and signals it by the digits
for the temperature setting flashing after which the word
AUTO goes out.
With the climate control compressor off, the fan speed
can be set to zero manually (no bar shown).
With the compressor enabled and the engine started, the
fan speed may be reduced to the minimum setting (only
one bar shown).
Button for rapid window demisting/
defrosting (D)
When this button is pressed, the climate control automatically activates all the functions
necessary to speed up the demising/
defrosting of the windscreen and the side
windows:
❒ the climate control compressor is turned on when
weather conditions are suitable;
❒ the air recirculation is turned off;
❒ the maximum air temperature for the HI air is set in
both areas;
❒ the fan speed is set according to engine coolant temperature to limit the flow of not sufficiently warm air to
demist the windows;
❒ the air flow is directed to the windscreen and front side
windows vents;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
❒ the heated rear winscreen is turned on.
IMPORTANT The rapid demisting/defrosting function for
the windows remains on for about 3 minutes from when
the engine coolant reaches the appropriate temperature
for the rapid demisting of the windows.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
When this function is active, the LED in the corresponding button and the one for the heated rear windscreen button switch on. The message FULL AUTO goes off on the
display.
IN AN EMERGENCY
You can only adjust the fan speed and switch the heated
rear windscreen off manually when this function is active.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
To restore the operating conditions, prior to activation,
simply press button B, or air recirculation button G, or the
compressor button F or the AUTO button A.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
63
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 64
IMPORTANT To ensure rapid demisting/defrosting, if
there is an additional heater/air conditioner (under the
front or rear seat on Panorama and Combi versions), if activated, deactivate it by pressing button F (LED off) located on the control panel fig. 52.
SAFETY
Switching the system OFF (E)
IN AN EMERGENCY
(for versions/markets where provided)
On some versions, an additional heater is also present beneath the driver’s seat. The fan for this heater is operated by means of the button F located on the control panel
fig. 53.
The climate control system is switched off
by pressing button E and the display goes
out as a result.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
ADDITIONAL HEATER
With the system off, the climate control system conditions
are as follows: display off, temperature setting not display, air recirculation on thereby insulating the passenger
compartment from the outside (recirculation LED on), climate control compressor off, fan off. Press the AUTO button to switch the the climate control system back on in
automatic mode.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
64
fig. 52
F0N0185m
fig. 53
F0N0185m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 65
INDEPENDENT ADDITIONAL HEATER
PROGRAMMABLE VERSION
(for versions/markets where provided)
The additional heater operates completely independently
of engine operation and allows the following:
The vehicle is available, on request, with two different independent heaters: one fully automatic, the other which
can be programmed.
❒ heating the vehicle passenger compartment with the engine off;
AUTOMATIC VERSION
❒ heating the engine coolant and consequently the actual engine prior to starting.
The additional heater is turned on in automatic mode when
the engine is started and the required outside temperature and coolant conditions are present. Deactivation is
always automatic.
IMPORTANT During periods with low outdoor temperatures when the device cuts in, check that the fuel level
is always higher than the reserve level. Otherwise the device could lock and require the assistance of a Fiat Dealership.
❒ defrosting the windows;
The system consists of:
❒ a diesel burner to heat the water with an exhaust silencer for the combustion gases;
❒ a metering pump connected to the vehicle tank pipes,
to supply the burner;
❒ a heat exchanger connected to the engine cooling system pipes;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ a control unit connected to the passenger compartment
heating/ventilation system to allow automatic operation;
WARNING
The heater burns fuel in the same way as
the engine, though to a lesser extent. To
prevent poisoning and asphyxiation, the supplementary heater must never be turned on, even for
short periods, in closed environments such as a
garage or workshops without extraction fans for
the exhaust gases.
❒ an electronic control unit for control and operation of
the burner in the heater;
❒ a digital timer A-fig. 54 for turning the heater on manually or programming the time it comes on.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
65
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 66
(In winter) the additional heater provides heat, maintains
the temperature and circulates the engine coolant for the
preset time in order to ensure the optimum temperature
conditions of the engine and the passenger compartment
when the engine is started up.
The heater can operate automatically when programmed
with a digital timer or manually by pressing the ‘immediate heating’ button on the timer.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
After heater activation, either programmed or manual, the
electronic control unit operates the liquid circulation pump
and ignites the burner in accordance with the preset, controlled procedures.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
The circulation pump output is also controlled by the electronic control unit in order to minimise the initial heating time.
IN AN EMERGENCY
When the system operates, the control unit turns on the
passenger compartment heater unit fan at the second
speed.
The thermal power of the boiler is regulated automatically
by the electronic control unit depending on the temperature of the engine coolant.
IMPORTANT If heater is equipped with a thermal limiter
that cuts off combustion in the case of overheating due
to insufficient coolant/coolant leaks. In this case, after repairing the fault in the cooling system and/or topping up
the fluid, press the program selection button before turning the heater back on.
The heater can turn off spontaneously due to misfiring
after start-up or because the flame goes out during operation. In this case, carry out the turning off procedure
and try to turn the heater back on. If it still does not work,
consult a Fiat Dealership.
Activation of the heating system
When an automatic climate control system is present, the
control unit sets the air temperature and distribution when
the heater is turned on from the park position. When
a manual heater/climate control is present, to obtain maximum heater efficiency, check that the passenger compartment heating/ventilation temperature adjustment knob
is in the ‘hot air’ position.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
To prioritise passenger compartment pre-heating, set the
air distribution knob to the © position.
INDEX
66
fig. 54
F0N0150m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 67
To prioritise windscreen demisting, set the air distribution
knob to the – position -.
Immediate activation of heater fig. 56
® position.
To get both functions, set the air distribution knob to the
To switch the system on manually, press the button 8 of
the timer: the display and warning light 1 will light up and
remain on the entire time the system is working.
Digital timer fig. 55
Programmed activation of heating
1) Heating cycle warning light
Before programming system activation, it is essential to
adjust the time.
2) Display lighting
SAFETY
3) Clock preselection recall number
Setting the current time
4) Clock button
❒ Press button 4: the display and the warning light
9-fig. 57 will come on;
5) Hour forward adjustment button
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
6) Program selection button
❒ Within 10 seconds, press buttons 5 or 7 until the correct time is selected.
7) Hour back adjustment button
When the display goes off, the current time is stored.
8) Activation button for immediate heating
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
9) Time adjustment/reading warning light
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 55
F0N0151m
fig. 56
F0N0152m
67
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 68
Continuing to press the buttons 5 or 7 will move the digits on the clock forwards or backwards faster.
IMPORTANT If you wish to recall other preselected times,
press button 6 from time to time within 10 seconds.
Reading the current time fig. 57
– within 10 seconds, press the buttons 5 or 7 to select the
desired switching on time.
To read the current time, press the button 4: the time will
appear on the display for about 10 seconds and warning
light 9 will come on at the same time.
IMPORTANT Confirmation that the time has been stored
is given by:
Programming the activation time fig. 58
❒ the presence of preselection number 3;
Activation can be programmed with an advance of between
1 minute and 24 hours. Three different activation times
may be selected, but only one one can be activated for
each pre-heating cycle.
To program the activation time:
❒ press the button 6: the symbol 10 or the time set previously and the number 3 corresponding to the preselection recalled will light up in the display for 10 seconds.
❒ the disappearance of the activation time;
❒ the lighting of the display.
IMPORTANT When the boiler turns on:
❒ the flame warning light 1 lights up in the display;
❒ the preselection number 3 goes out.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
68
fig. 57
F0N0153m
fig. 58
F0N0154m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 69
Deactivation of the programmed activation time
fig. 58
To delete the programmed activation time, press button
6 shortly: the display lighting will go off and the number
3 relating to the preselected time will disappear.
Recall of one of the programmed activation
times fig. 59
Press the button 6 as many times as necessary until the
number 3 corresponding to the desired programmed activation time appears on the display. After 10 seconds, the
time will disappear from the display and remain stored and
the number 3 will light up in the display.
IMPORTANT The preselected activation time can be
changed or deleted by following the above instructions.
Switching the heating system off
Deactivation of the system, depending on the type of activation (automatic or manual), may be:
The fluid circulation pump continues to work for around
two minutes to dissipate as much heat as possible from
the heater; the heater can be turned back on during this
stage.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
The heater burns fuel in the same way as
the engine, though to a lesser extent. To
prevent poisoning and asphyxiation, the supplementary heater must never be turned on, even for
short periods, in closed environments such as a
garage or workshops without extraction fans for
the exhaust gases.
IMPORTANT From the park position the heater goes out
when the battery voltage is low to allow the engine to be
started up.
❒ automatic, at the end of the preset activation time
(60 minutes with lighting of the red display);
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ manual pressing the ‘immediate heating’ button on the
timer again (flame button 1).
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
In both cases the heating warning light and the display lighting go out and the passenger compartment heater unit fan
and the combustion stop.
INDEX
fig. 59
F0N0155m
69
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 70
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT Before switching the device on, check that
the fuel level is higher than the reserve level. Otherwise
the device could lock and require the assistance of a Fiat
Dealership.
SAFETY
❒ Always turn off the heater when refuelling and near
service stations to avoid the risk of explosion or fire
hazards.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
MAINTENANCE
Have the additional heater checked regularly at a Fiat Dealership (and always at the start of every winter). This will
guarantee safe and economic operation of the heater and
also its long duration.
❒ Do not park the vehicle on inflammable material such
as paper, grass or dry leaves: fire hazard!
REAR ADDITIONAL HEATER
(Panorama and Combi)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
❒ The temperature near the heater should not exceed
120°C (e.g. during stove painting in a body shop). The
electronic control unit components may be damaged at
higher temperatures.
The Panorama and Combi versions have a main heating system plus an additional one (on request) with the controls
in the ceiling lining above the second row of seats, fig. 60.
❒ Whilst the heater is operating with the engine switched
off, it absorbs energy from the battery; the engine should
therefore be left running for a while to make sure that
the battery is properly recharged.
❒ To check the coolant level, follow the instructions in
the “Vehicle maintenance” chapter in the “Engine coolant
system fluid” paragraph. The water in the heating circuit
must contain a minimum percentage of 10% antifreeze.
❒ For maintenance and repairs, only consult Fiat Dealerships and only use genuine spare parts.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
70
fig. 60
F0N0233m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 71
Operation must be enabled using the button F-fig. 61 in
the control panel.
❒ Turn the knob D to the maximum cold position (knob
at blue sector), when air at ambient temperature will come
out of the rear footwell vents (located under the seats
in the 2nd and 3rd row for Panorama versions and the
grille on the left wheel arch side for Combi versions);
❒ Turn the knob D to the maximum heating position (knob
at red sector), when warm air will emerge (with the engine warmed up), from the rear footwell outlets (located under the seats in the 2nd and 3rd row for Panorama
versions and the grille on the left wheel arch side for
Combi versions).
ADDITIONAL REAR CLIMATE CONTROL
(Panorama and Combi)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
The Panorama and Combi versions are equipped with
a main heating/air conditioning system plus an additional
system (available on request) with controls in the ceiling
roof lining above the second row of seats, fig. 60.
Button F-fig. 61 in the control panel must be enabled for
operation; the air conditioning only works if the main air
conditioner is on.
❒ When the knob D is placed in the fully cold position
(control in blue sector) cold air comes out the vents
in the ceiling.
❒ Turn the knob D to the maximum heating position
(knob at red sector), when warm air will emerge (with
the engine warmed up), from the rear footwell outlets
(located under the seats in the 2nd and 3rd row for
Panorama versions and the grille on the left wheel arch
side for Combi versions).
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ When the knob D is in an intermediate position, air
will be distributed between the vents in the ceiling roof
and the rear footwell outlets to alter the temperature.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
IMPORTANT If the compressor on the main air conditioner control is turned on (operation of button E), even
if the additional air conditioner fan is in position 0, the
1st speed will automatically be activated to prevent ice
formation, with possible damage to the component.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 61
F0N0185m
71
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 72
EXTERIOR LIGHTS
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 65
The left lever includes the controls for the exterior lights.
The exterior lights can only be switched on when the
ignition key is in the ON position.
SAFETY
LIGHTS OFF fig. 62
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
When the control is in position 2 pull the lever towards
the steering wheel (2nd rocking position).
The warning light 1 in the instrument panel will come on.
To turn the main beam headlights off, pull the lever again
towards the steering wheel (the dipped beams will turn
on again).
Control turned to position O.
SIDE LIGHTS fig. 63
Turn the control to position 6.
The warning light 3 in the instrument panel comes on.
DIPPED HEADLIGHTS fig. 64
IN AN EMERGENCY
Turn the control to position 2.
The warning light 3 in the instrument panel comes on.
fig. 63
F0N0031m
fig. 64
F0N0032m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
72
fig. 62
F0N0030m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 73
FLASHING fig. 66
Pull the lever towards the steering wheel (1st rocking position) regardless of the position of the control. The warning light 1 in the instrument panel will come on.
Warning light F or D start flashing in the instrument
panel.
Direction indicators are switched off automatically when
the steering wheel of the vehicle is straightened.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
PARKING LIGHTS
These lights can only be turned on with ignition key in
the STOP position or removed, by moving the left lever
control first to O and then to 6 or 2.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
The warning light 3 in the instrument panel comes on.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 67
Put the stalk in the permanent position:
❒ up (position 1): activation of right direction indicator;
❒ down (position 2): activation of left direction indicator.
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 66
F0N0034m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 65
F0N0033m
fig. 67
F0N0035m
73
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 74
Lane change function
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
If you wish to signal a lane change, put the left stalk in the
temporary position for less than half a second. The direction indicator on the side selected will be activated for
5 flashes and then go out automatically.
This device allows the illumination of the space in front
of the vehicle for a preset time.
The warning light 3 in the instrument panel will light
up and the corresponding message will appear in the display (see “Warning lights and messages”) as long as the
function is on when the lever is activated. The light comes
on when the stalk is first moved and stays on until the function is automatically deactivated. Each movement of the
stalk increases only the amount of time the lights stay on.
Activation fig. 68
Deactivation
With the ignition key in the OFF position or extracted,
pull the lever towards the steering wheel and operate the
lever within 2 minutes of switching the engine off.
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steering wheel for more
than 2 seconds.
SAFETY
ìFOLLOW ME HOMEî DEVICE
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHT SENSOR
(dusk sensor)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
IN AN EMERGENCY
It detects variations in brightness outside the vehicle depending on the light setting: the greater the sensitivity, the
less outside light needed to activate the exterior lights being turned on. The sensitivity of the dusk sensor is adjusted
by means of the “Setup menu” for the display.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
74
Each time the lever is operated the lights will stay on another 30 seconds, up to a maximum of 210 seconds; when
this time has elapsed, the lights will go out automatically.
fig. 68
F0N0036m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 75
WINDOW CLEANING
Activation fig. 69
A : this turns the side lights
Turn the control to position 2
and the dipped headlights on automatically depending on
the exterior brightness conditions.
Deactivation
WINDSCREEN WIPER/WASHER
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The device can work only when the ignition key is in the
MAR position. There are five different positions for the
right lever fig. 70:
SAFETY
The main beam headlights will go out followed by the side
lights after approximately 10 seconds, when the sensor is
deactivated.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
The sensor cannot detect the presence of fog: switch the
lights on manually in this case.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 69
F0N0037m
fig. 70
F0N0038m
75
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
76
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 76
A: windscreen wipers off;
“Smart washing” function
B: intermittent operation.
With the lever in position B, turn control F to select one
of four different speeds for the intermittent operation
mode:
, = very slow intermittent operation
- - = slow intermittent operation
- - - = medium intermittent operation
- - - - = fast intermittent operation
C: continuous slow operation;
D: continuous fast operation;
E: temporary fast operation (rocking position).
Temporary fast operation in position E is limited to the
time that the lever is manually held in this position. The
lever returns to position A when it is released, automatically stopping the windscreen wipers.
IMPORTANT Replace the wiper blades as specified in the
“Maintenance and care” section.
Pull the lever towards the steering wheel (rocking position) to operate the windscreen washer jet, fig. 71
Keeping the stalk pulled for more than half a second, with
just one movement it is possible to operate the washer jet
and the wiper at the same time.
The wipers stop working three strokes after releasing the
lever.
A further stroke after 5 seconds completes the wiping
operation.
Do not use the windscreen wipers to remove layers of snow or ice from the windscreen. In such conditions, the windscreen
wipers may be subjected to excessive stress,
prompting intervention from the motor protection
which prevents operation for a few seconds. If the
issue persists, contact a Fiat Dealership.
fig. 71
F0N0039m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 77
RAIN SENSOR
(for versions/markets where provided)
The rain sensor is located behind the rear-view mirror in
contact with the windscreen and has the purpose of automatically adjusting the frequency of the windscreen
wiper strokes depending on the intensity of the rain during intermittent operation.
control for adjusting the sensitivity. Rain sensor activation
will be indicated by at least one wiper “stroke” even if
the windscreen is dry.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The rain sensor is capable of recognizing the difference between day and night and making the necessary adjustments
automatically.
SAFETY
IMPORTANT Keep the glass in the sensor area clean.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Activation fig. 72
Move the right lever down by one click (position B).
The activation of the sensor is signalled by a “stroke” to
show the command has been acquired.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Turn the control F to increase the rain sensor sensitivity.
The increasing of the rain sensor sensitivity is also signalled
by a stroke of the wipers.
IN AN EMERGENCY
If the windscreen washer is used with the rain sensor activated, the normal washing cycle is performed, after which
the rain sensor resumes its normal automatic operation.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
Deactivation fig. 72
Move the lever from position B or turn the ignition key to
OFF. The next time the vehicle is started (ignition key in
Mar position), the sensor is not reactivated even if the lever
is still in position B. To activate the sensor, move the lever
to position A or C and then back to position B or turn the
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 72
F0N0038m
77
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 78
WARNING
Streaks of water may cause unnecessary
blade movements.
SAFETY
HEADLIGHT WASHERS
(for versions/markets where provided)
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
CRUISE CONTROL
(for versions/markets where provided)
This is an electronic driving aid that allows you to drive
at a speed of above 30 km/h on long and straight dry roads
(e.g. motorways) with few driving changes at a preset speed
without having to press the accelerator pedal. It is therefore not recommended to use this device on country roads
with traffic. Do not use it in town.
The headlight washers are “retractable”, i.e. they are located inside the front bumper and they are activated when
(with dipped beams on) the windscreen washer is operated.
DEVICE ACTIVATION fig. 73
IMPORTANT Check the correct operation and cleanliness of the jets at regular intervals.
The Cruise Control cannot be engaged in 1st or reverse
gear. It is advisable to engage it in 4th or higher gears.
Turn the control A to the ON position.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
78
fig. 73
F0N0040m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 79
When travelling downhill with the device engaged, the vehicle speed may slightly exceed the memorised one.
INCREASING THE MEMORISED SPEED
When the device is activated the warning light Ü comes
on together with the relevant message on the instrument
panel.
❒ by pressing the accelerator and then memorising the
new speed reached;
This can be done in two ways:
or
STORING VEHICLE SPEED
❒ by moving the lever upwards (+).
Proceed as follows:
Each movement of the stalk will correspond to an increase
in speed of about 1 km/h, while keeping the stalk held upwards will continuously increase the speed.
❒ turn control Ax to ON and press the accelerator pedal
so that the vehicle reaches the desired speed;
❒ move the levers upwards (+) for at least one second,
then release it. The car speed is memorised and it is
therefore possible to release the accelerator pedal.
If necessary (when overtaking for instance) acceleration is
possible by simply pressing the accelerator pedal: releasing the accelerator pedal, the car will return to the speed
memorised previously.
RESTORING THE MEMORISED SPEED
If the device has been switched off, for example by pressing the brake or clutch pedal, the memorised speed can
be restored as follows:
❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a speed approaching the memorised speed;
❒ engage the gear selected at the time of speed memorising;
❒ press the button RES B.
REDUCING THE MEMORISED SPEED
This can be done in two ways:
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ by turning the device off and then storing a new speed;
or
❒ by moving the lever downwards (–) until reaching the
new speed which will be memorised automatically.
Each movement of the stalk will correspond to a reduction in speed of about 1 km/h, while keeping the stalk held
downwards will continuously reduce the speed.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
79
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 80
SWITCHING THE DEVICE OFF
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The device can be switched off by the driver in the following ways:
WARNING
While travelling with the device engaged,
do not place the gear lever in neutral.
❒ turning the control A to the OFF position;
SAFETY
❒ turning the engine off;
❒ pressing the brake pedal or operating the handbrake;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ pressing the clutch pedal;
❒ requesting a gear shift with an automatic transmission
in sequential mode;
❒ with vehicle speed below the set limit;
❒ by pressing the accelerator pedal; in this case the system is not really switched off but the request for acceleration takes priority over the system. The cruise
control is, however, active and it will not be necessary
to press the RES button to restore the previous conditions after the acceleration is over.
The device is automatically switched off in the following
cases:
❒ if the ABS or ESP systems cut-in;
❒ if there is a system failure.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
80
WARNING
In case of malfunctioning or if the device
is faulty, turn the control A to OFF and
contact a Fiat Dealership, after checking that
the protective fuse has not blown.
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 81
CEILING COURTESY LIGHTS
FRONT CEILING COURTESY LIGHT
WITH SPOT LIGHTS
Switch A-fig.74 is used to switch the ceiling courtesy lights
on/off. With the switch A in the middle position, the lights
C and D go on/off when front doors are opened/closed.
With switch A pressed to the left, the lights C and D are
always off. With switch A pressed to the right, the lights
C and D are always on. Lights switch on/off progressively.
The switch B is a spot light; when the ceiling light is off, it
switches the following on individually:
❒ light C if pressed on the left side;
❒ light D if pressed on the right side.
IMPORTANT Before getting out of the car, make sure
both switches are in the middle position; when the doors
are closed, the lights switch off preventing the battery from
being run down.
TIMED OPERATION FOR GETTING INTO
THE VEHICLE
The courtesy lights switch on according to the following
modes:
❒ for about 10 seconds when opening the front doors;
❒ for about 3 minutes when opening one of the side
doors;
❒ for about 10 seconds when closing the doors.
The timed period is interrupted when the ignition is turned
to “MAR – ON”.
TIMED OPERATION FOR GETTING OUT
OF THE VEHICLE
After removing the key from the ignition, the courtesy
lights switch on according to the following modes:
❒ within 2 minutes of the engine being switched off for a period of around 10 seconds;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
In any case, if the switch is left in on position, the courtesy
light switches off automatically 15 minutes after the engine
switching off.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
Courtesy light timing
On some versions to facilitate getting in/out of the vehicle
at night or with poor lighting, 2 different timed switching on
modes are available.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 74
F0N0041m
81
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 82
❒ when one of the side doors is opened for a period of
about 3 minutes;
❒ when one of the doors is closed for a period of about
10 seconds.
Timing will stop automatically when the doors are locked.
LOAD COMPARTMENT REAR
COURTESY LIGHT fig. 75
This is located above the rear door. Press the cover at the
point shown in the figure to turn it on.
REMOVABLE COURTESY LIGHT fig. 77
(for versions/markets where provided)
It is used as both a fixed light and a portable electric torch.
When the removable light is secured to its fixed support,
the electric torch battery is automatically recharged. The
courtesy light is recharged with the vehicle stationary and
the ignition key either in the STOP position (OFF) or extracted for a limit of 15 minutes.
LOAD COMPARTMENT SIDE
COURTESY LIGHT fig. 76
(for versions/markets where provided)
Press the cover at the point shown in the figure to turn
it on.
fig. 76
F0N0219m
fig. 77
F0N0220m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
82
fig. 75
F0N0042m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 83
CONTROLS
HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS fig. 78
They are turned on by pressing switch A, regardless of the
position of the ignition key.
With the device on, warning lights Î and ¥ light up in the
instrument panel.
The function switches off automatically when it is no more
an emergency braking.
This function complies with the relevant legal regulations
currently in force.
SAFETY
FOG LIGHTS fig. 79
(for versions/markets where provided)
Press the switch again to turn the lights off.
To turn the front fog lights on, press the button 5 with
the side lights on.
The use of hazard lights is governed by the highway code
of the country you are in. Keep to the rules.
The Warning light 5 in the instrument panel will come on.
Emergency braking
During emergency braking, the hazard warning lights come
on automatically and warning lights Î and ¥ in the panel
come on at the same time.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Press the button again to turn the lights off.
The use of fog lights is governed by the highway code of the
country you are in. Keep to the rules.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 78
F0N0044m
fig. 79
F0N0045m
83
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 84
REAR FOG LAMPS fig. 80
These lights come on, with the dipped headlights on or with
the side lights and fog lights on (for versions/markets where
provided) by pressing the button 4. The 4 light on the instrument panel will come on. Press the button again to turn
the lights off, or turn off the dipped beams and/or the front
fog lights (where provided). The use of rear fog lamps is governed by the Highway Code of the country you are in. Keep
to the rules.
PARKING LIGHTS
These lights can only be turned on with ignition key in
the STOP position or removed, by turning the control
on the left lever first to O and then to position 6 or 2.
The 3 light on the instrument panel comes on.
HEATED REAR WINDSCREEN fig. 81
(for versions/markets where provided)
Press button A to turn this function on. It will turn off
automatically after about 20 minutes.
BATTERY DISCONNECTION FUNCTION
(DISCONNECT SWITCH)
(for versions/markets where provided)
The battery disconnection function is enabled with the
ignition key in the BATT position, as illustrated on the dedicated plate located in the area illustrated in fig. 81b. To
turn the ignition key to the BATT position, press the button A (red) fig. 81a. The battery will be disconnected, by
interrupting the earth lead, about 45 seconds after the key
is turned to the BATT position.
This 45 second period is necessary to:
❒ allow the driver to get out of the vehicle and lock the
doors using the remote control;
❒ guarantee that all the vehicle electrical systems have
been deactivated.
With the battery disconnected, access to the vehicle will
only be possible by unlocking the driver’s door using the
mechanical lock.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
84
fig. 80
F0N0046m
fig. 81
F0N0043m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 85
To restore the battery connection, insert the ignition key
and turn it to the MAR position, the vehicle can be started normally at this point.
The battery may have to be disconnected to set up certain new electric devices (e.g. clock, date, etc.).
DOOR LOCKING fig. 82
To lock all doors at the same time, press button A, located on the centre console control panel, regardless of the
position of the ignition key. To unlocking the doors, press
button B. There is a button D on the window opening panel that controls the independent unlocking/locking of the
load compartment fig. 83.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 81a
F0N0810m
fig. 82
F0N0047m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 81b
F0N0811m
fig. 83
F0N0132m
85
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 86
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
AND FUEL CUT OFF SWITCH
Reactivating the fuel cut-off switch fig. 84
The vehicle is fitted with a safety switch that, in the event
of a crash, comes into operation by cutting off the fuel supply and turning off the engine as a consequence. When the
inertia switch cuts in, this cuts off the fuel supply and also
activates the hazard warning lights, side lights and courtesy
lights while releasing all the doors and displaying a message; they are deactivated by pressing button A. An additional safety switch is also present that is activated in the
event of impact to cut off the electrical supply. In this way,
fuel is prevented from escaping if the pipes are broken to
stop the formation of sparks or electrical discharges following damage to the vehicle electrical components.
Reactivating the electrical supply cut-off switch
(School bus/Minibus) fig. 85
Press the button A to reactivate the fuel cut off switch.
The switch is located on the battery positive terminal. To
reactivate the electrical supply switch, proceed as follows:
❒ press the button A to reset the fuel cut off switch;
❒ press button B to reset the electrical supply switch.
IMPORTANT After an accident, remember to remove the
key from the ignition device to prevent draining the battery. If no fuel leaks or damage to vehicle electrical devices
(e.g. headlights) are detected after the impact and the vehicle is able to set off again, reactivate the automatic fuel
cut off and electrical supply switches (for versions/markets
where provided) following the procedure described below.
WARNING
If, after a crash, you smell fuel or see leaks
from the fuel system, do not reset the
switches to avoid the risk of fire.
INDEX
86
fig. 84
F0N0048m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 87
INTERIOR FITTINGS
WARNING
Before reactivating the electricity supply
switch, carefully check for fuel leaks or
damage to the vehicle electrical devices (e.g.
headlights).
UPPER GLOVE COMPARTMENT
– REFRIGERATED COMPARTMENT fig.86
(for versions/markets where provided)
SAFETY
To use, lift the flap as shown in the figure.
If air conditioned, the compartment, equipped with a bottle holder, may be cooled/heated by means of an outlet
connected to the climate control system.
WARNING
Before reactivating the fuel cut off switch,
carefully check for fuel leaks or damage to
vehicle electrical devices (e.g. headlights).
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
STARTING
AND DRIVING
GLOVE COMPARTMENT fig. 87
To open the glove compartment, operate the opening handle A.
IMPORTANT On versions other than the School bus/
Minibus, button B is replaced by a dedicated fuse; to replace it contact your Fiat Dealership.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 85
F0N0127m
fig. 86
F0N0049m
87
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 88
LOCKABLE GLOVE COMPARTMENT fig. 88
GLOVE COMPARTMENT
Turn the key clockwise/anticlockwise to lock/unlock the
lock. To open the glove compartment, use the opening handle. The compartment is big enough to hold a laptop computer.
The glove compartment A-fig. 89 is located in the middle
of the dashboard.
SAFETY
The glove compartment B-fig. 90 is located on the right
of the dashboard above the glove compartment.
DOOR POCKETS fig. 91
There are document/map pockets located in each of the
door panels.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
COMPARTMENT BENEATH
PASSENGER SIDE FRONT SEAT
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Proceed as follows to use the compartment:
❒ open the flap A and remove it as illustrated in fig. 92;
❒ turn the lock knob B anticlockwise and remove it to
allow the removal of the compartment.
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 87
F0N0050m
fig. 88
F0N0051m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
88
fig. 89
F0N0052m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 89
REAR PARTITION
The vehicle may be equipped with a solid rear partition or
with a sliding glass partition.
To open/close the sliding partition glass partition fig. 93
use the knob A.
Certain versions are equipped with a protective grille on
the glass partition inside the load compartment.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 90
F0N0053m
fig. 92
F0N0134m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 91
F0N0128m
fig. 93
F0N0218m
89
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 90
CUP HOLDER – CAN HOLDER fig. 94
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
The cup holder – can holder are located in the middle of
the dashboard.
The cigarette lighter gets very hot. Handle it carefully and make sure children
don’t touch it: risk of fire and/or burning.
CIGAR LIGHTER fig. 95
It is located in the centre of the dashboard.
Press button A to switch on the cigarette lighter when the
ignition key is turned to MAR.
After about 15 seconds, the button will return to its original position and the cigarette lighter is ready for use.
IMPORTANT Always check that the cigarette lighter has
turned itself off.
ASHTRAY fig. 96
The ashtray is a removable plastic container that can be
fitted in the cup/can holders in the middle of the dashboard.
IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as a waste paper
basket at the same time: fire hazard.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
90
fig. 94
F0N0054m
fig. 95
F0N0055m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 91
SUN VISORS fig. 97
WARNING
These are located at the sides of the rear-view mirror.
They may be positioned at the front and to the side.
Do not use the desk in a vertical position
with the vehicle in motion.
CURRENT SOCKET
(for versions/markets where provided)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
This is located in the centre console, next to the cigar
lighter fig. 98.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
To use it open cap A.
DESK/BOOKREST
(for versions/markets where provided)
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
There is a desk A-fig. 99 in the middle of the dashboard
above the sound system compartment; on some versions
this desk can be used as a bookrest by the back section
and resting it on the dashboard as illustrated in the figure.
On versions with passenger side air bags, the desk is fixed.
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 97
F0N0056m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 96
F0N0146m
fig. 98
F0N0057m
91
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 92
SHELF ABOVE THE CAB fig. 100
(for versions/markets where provided)
FLAP ON BENCH
(for versions/markets where provided)
This is located above the driver’s cab and is designed to
store light objects.
To use, pull tab A-fig. 102 and lower the flap.
Maximum permitted load:
The flap is equipped with two cup holders and a support
surface with a paper holder clip.
– localised .........................................................................10 kg
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
– distributed over the entire surface of the shelf ....20 kg
CAB GLOVE COMPARTMENT fig. 101
(for versions/markets where provided)
The storage compartment is fitted above the sun visor and
is designed for the easy storage of light objects (e.g. documents, road maps etc.).
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 100
F0N0190m
fig. 101
F0N0191m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
92
fig. 99
F0N0058m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 93
TV CAMERA SYSTEM AND REAR VISIBILITY
DISPLAY
(for versions/markets where provided)
The parking TV camera system fig. 103 allows the driver
a view of the scene behind the vehicle by means of a display
A-fig. 104 in the passenger compartment.
The system consists of a TV camera installed in a plastic
casing on the rear roof crossmember, which also includes
a third brake light and a display in a plastic casing housed
in the upper glove compartment console area.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The display has buttons (On/Off, brightness, backlight);
to use them, operate the release button and move to the
open position.
SAFETY
The rear view display is adjusted in mirror mode. When
not in use, it must be closed in the upper oddments compartment console area.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 102
F0N0149m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 103
F0N0217m
fig. 104
F0N0214m
93
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 94
ACTIVATION
Notes on use
The system is activated with the ignition on and reverse
engaged or by means of a dedicated button. If the vehicle
is in motion, e.g. during a reversing manoeuvre, the system will operate up to a speed of 15 km/h and go off when
a speed of approximately 18 km/h is exceeded. When reverse is deactivated, the image will appear on the display
for a further 5 seconds.
To clean the TV camera, it is advisable to use a non-abrasive cloth when the protective glass is dirty or iced over
(on the outside). It is absolutely necessary to avoid using
any tool for cleaning as this could scratch the glass.
GENERAL WARNINGS
The display glass could break in the event of impact. In this
case, do not touch the liquid crystal that emerges from the
display. If this occurs, quickly wash the contaminated parts
with soap and water.
Area of visibility
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
The area of visibility may vary according to the vehicle position (full load condition included), according to the vehicle specification and according to weather conditions (high
brightness, rain, snow and fog). Visibility may be reduced
during poor lighting or full load conditions.
It is also advisable to use a dry non-abrasive cloth when
cleaning the display. The dust that settles on the display
may be removed with special brushes. Avoid using any detergent for cleaning.
The area covered by the TV camera is approximately 3 m
in length and approximately a maximum of 5.5 m in width
fig. 105.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
94
fig. 105
F0N0215m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 95
USER INTERFACE
MESSAGES ON THE SCREEN
The display user interface consists of fig. 106:
Messages are shown on the display under the following
conditions:
❒ Brightness adjustment: 2 buttons
❒ Backlight adjustment: 2 buttons
❒ ON/OFF button: this allows images from the TV camera
to be seen even with reverse gear not engaged.
The system makes it possible to return to the initial configuration, keeping the ON/OFF button pressed for approximately 3 seconds with the system deactivated. In
this case, the ON/OFF button flashes twice to confirm
the operation.
❒ An alert message is displayed during the 5 seconds following reverse engagement.
❒ When a speed of approximately 18 km/h is exceeded and
only the activation button is ON, the image disappears
and a message reporting that the system has gone into
stand-by mode is displayed for approximately 5 seconds.
❒ When a speed of approximately 18 km/h is exceeded
and reverse gear is engaged, the image disappears and
an alert message is displayed that remains until the speed
drops to approximately 15 km/h. In this case, the image
is displayed again.
The system makes it possible to change the language in
which the text messages are displayed. For this selection,
with the system deactivated, press the ON/OFF button
and any other button simultaneously and then select the
language by scrolling through the menu using the ON/OFF
button. When the desired language is reached, wait for
about 3 seconds so that it is programmed.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 106
F0N0216m
95
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
96
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 96
TACHOGRAPH
For tachograph operation and use, consult the owner
handbook supplied by the device manufacturer. The tachograph must be installed on the vehicle when the vehicle
weight (with or without trailer) exceeds 3.5 tons.
IMPORTANT Anyone making changes to the monitoring
device or signal transmission system that affects recording by the monitoring instrument, particularly if this is done
for purposes of fraud, may be in breach of criminal or administrative state regulations.
IMPORTANT If a tachograph is fitted, if the vehicle is
parked for more than 5 days, it is advisable to disconnect
the battery negative terminal to maintain its charge.
IMPORTANT NOTES
Do not use abrasive detergents or solvents to clean the
device. To clean the outside of the device, use a damp cloth
or special products for the care of synthetic materials.
The tachograph is installed and sealed by authorised personnel: do not try and access the device or the supply and
recording leads in any way. It is the responsibility of the owner of the vehicle on which the tachograph is installed to check
the device regularly. The check must be carried out at least
every two years and a test must be carried out to ensure
it is working properly. Ensure that the data label is renewed
after every check that that the label contains the specified data.
SPEED BLOCK
(for versions/markets where provided)
The vehicle is equipped with a function that limits the speed
that can be set, when requested by the user, to one of
4 preset values: 90, 100, 110, 130 km/h. This function must
be activated/deactivated by a Fiat Dealer. Following the
operation, a sticker will be applied to the windscreen
showing the top speed setting.
WARNING The speedometer could show a higher top
speed than the effective one set by the Dealership in
accordance with the regulations in force.
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:26
Pagina 97
DOORS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING/
UNLOCKING SYSTEM
Locking the doors from the outside
With the doors shut, press button Á on the remote control fig. 107 or slide the metal insert into the lock of the
door on the driver’s side and turn it clockwise. The doors
will be locked only if all doors are shut. If one or more
doors are open after pressing button Á on the remote
control fig. 107, the direction indicators and the LED in
the button A-fig. 110 flash quickly for approximately 3 seconds. The Buttons A and B fig. 110 are disabled with the
function activated. Pressing the button Á in the remote
control fig. 107 twice quickly activates the dead lock (see
“Dead lock” paragraph).
activation of the interior courtesy lights and a double signal
from the direction indicators. All the doors are unlocked
by turning the metal insert in the door lock on the driver’s
side fig. 109 anticlockwise. With the battery disconnected,
access to the vehicle will only be possible by unlocking the
driver’s door using the mechanical lock.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Door unlocking from the outside
Press the button Q fig. 107 or Ë fig. 108 briefly, depending
on the version, to release the front doors remotely, for timed
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 108
F0N0801m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 107
F0N0800m
fig. 109
F0N0059m
97
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 98
Door locking/unlocking from the inside
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Press the button A-fig. 110 to lock the doors, press button B to unlock the doors. The locking/unlocking actions
take place centrally (front and rear). When the doors are
locked, the LED in the button A is on and pressing button B brings about central unlocking of all the doors and
turns off the warning light. When the doors are unlocked,
the LED is off and pressing the button brings about central locking of all the doors. The doors will be locked
only if all the doors are properly shut.
IMPORTANT With the central locking engaged, pulling
the opening lever for one of the front doors switches off
the central locking function. Individual doors can be unlocked by pulling the internal handle of one of the rear
doors.
If a power supply is not present (blown fuse, battery disconnected, etc.) it is, however, possible to lock the doors
manually.
Following the locking of the doors using:
After exceeding 20 km/h, all the doors will be locked automatically if the setup menu function has been selected
(see ìMultifunction displayî paragraph in this section).
❒ remote control;
LOAD COMPARTMENT BUTTON fig. 111
❒ door catch.
Lock activation is indicated by the LED in the button.
it will not be possible to unlock the doors using button
A-fig. 110 located in the controls in the dashboard.
IN AN EMERGENCY
The LED comes on in the following cases:
❒ after each door lock command generated by the actual button or by button Á in the dashboard;
❒ when the instrument panel is activated;
❒ upon opening of one of the front doors;
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ when the door is locked at 20 km/h (if activated from
the menu).
The lock is turned off when one of the load compartment
doors is opened or on a door release request (load compartment or centralised) or an unlocking request from the
remote control/door catch.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
98
fig. 110
F0N0047m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 99
DEAD LOCK
(for versions/markets where provided)
WARNING
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
thereby preventing the opening of the doors from inside
the passenger compartment if there has been a break-in
attempt (e.g. a window has been broken).
Once the dead lock system is engaged it is
impossible to open the doors from inside
the vehicle. Before engaging the system please
therefore check that there is no one left on board.
If the remote control battery is flat, the system
can be disengaged only by inserting the key in either of the door locks as described previously: in
this case the device remains active only for the
rear doors.
The dead lock device therefore offers the best possible
protection against break-in attempts. We recommend engaging it whenever the vehicle is parked and left unattended.
Device activation
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
This safety device inhibits the operation of:
❒ interior handles;
❒ locking/unlocking buttons A-B fig. 110.
The dead lock device is automatically activated on every
door with two short presses on the button Á in the key
using the remote control, fig. 107.
Device activation is indicated by 3 flashes of the direction
indicators and the flashing of the LED in button A – fig. 110
located in the dashboard controls.
If one of the doors is not perfectly shut, the dead lock
device will not be activated, thus preventing a person getting into the car through the open door and, on shutting,
it, remaining stuck inside the passenger compartment.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 111
F0N0132m
99
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 100
Device deactivation
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
The system is disabled automatically on every door in the
following cases:
❒ when opening the driver’s door using the mechanical
key;
In any case, make sure that the door is properly hooked
to the system which keeps the door fully open.
❒ when unlocking doors using the remote control;
SLIDING SIDE GLASS fig. 112a
(for versions/markets where provided)
❒ when turning the ignition key to the MAR position.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
SLIDING SIDE DOOR fig. 112
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
100
The sliding side door has a stop for the opening end of
travel position. To close, operate the exterior handle A
(or the corresponding interior handle) and push to closed.
To open, keep the two handles B pressed toward one
another and slide the glass.
When the two handles are released, the sliding glass may
stop in intermediate positions.
WARNING
Before leaving the vehicle parked with the
sliding doors open, always check that the
lock is engaged.
WARNING
Do not move the vehicle with the side
doors open.
To open the sliding side door, raise the handle A and
accompany the door in the opening direction.
fig. 112
F0N0061m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 101
MOVING FOOTBOARD fig. 113
(for versions/markets where provided)
REAR SWING DOORS (TWO)
When the side door of the passenger compartment or luggage compartment is opened, a footboard emerges from
the lower part of the floorpan to make it easier to board
the vehicle.
Manual opening of the first swing door from
the outside
WARNING
Before setting off after parking or before
moving the vehicle in any way, ensure the
footboard is fully stowed away. Because the movement of the footboard is controlled by that of the
sliding side door, incomplete stowing of the footboard or non-closure of the rear doors is indicated by a warning light ´ in the instrument panel.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Turn the key anticlockwise fig. 109 or press button ∞ on
the remote control and operate the handle A-fig. 114 in
the arrow direction.
SAFETY
Manual closure of the first swing door from
the inside fig. 115
(for versions/markets where provided)
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Pull handle B in the arrowed direction.
Manual closure of the first swing door from
the outside
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Turn the key clockwise or press button Á on the key with
remote control. Close the left door first, followed by the
right door.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 112a
F0N0240m
fig. 113
F0N0176m
101
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 102
Manual opening of the second swing door,
fig. 116
Pull handle C in the arrowed direction.
The rear swing doors are equipped with a spring loaded
system that locks them at an approx. angle of 90 degrees
during opening.
Electrical closure from inside fig. 117
Close the two rear swing doors (first the left, then the
right) and press button D located in the window control
panel.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 114
F0N0129m
fig. 116
F0N0131m
fig. 115
F0N0130m
fig. 117
F0N0132m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
102
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 103
ELECTRIC WINDOW
WARNING
This spring loaded system has activation
forces that were designed for optimum
comfort. Accidental knocks or a strong gust of
wind may release the springs and let the doors
close spontaneously.
MECHANISM fig. 119
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Switches on the inner armrest of the driver’s door control the following with the ignition key in the MAR position:
SAFETY
A to open/close the left front window;
The opening angle of the two doors may be increased for
more convenient loading and unloading. To carry out
this operation, press the button A-fig. 118; this allows
the doors to be opened to about 180 degrees.
WARNING
With the doors opened to 180 degrees, no
locking system is effective. Do not use this
opening with the vehicle parked on a gradient or
when it is windy.
B right front window opening/closing.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Continuous automatic operation
All versions are equipped with automatic raising and lowering of the front, driver’s side window.
Keep one of the buttons pressed for longer than half a second to operate the automatic continuous window operation function . The window stops when it reaches the end
of travel position or when the button is pressed again.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 118
F0N0188m
fig. 119
F0N0062m
103
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 104
IMPORTANT With the ignition key in the STOP position
or extracted, the electric windows remain activated for
about 3 minutes and are then deactivated immediately
when one of the doors is opened.
BONNET
OPENING
Proceed as follows:
SAFETY
WARNING
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Incorrect use of the electric windows may
be dangerous. Before and during operation, always check that no-one is exposed to the
risk of being injured either directly by the moving
window or through objects getting caught and being dragged by it. When leaving the vehicle, always
remove the key from the ignition to avoid the risk
of injury to anyone remaining in the car due to accidental operation of the electric windows.
❒ open the driver’s door to gain access to the bonnet
release;
❒ pull the lever fig. 120 in the direction of the arrow;
❒ pull the lever A-fig. 121 as shown in the figure;
❒ lift the bonnet and, at the same time, release the bonnet stay fig. 122 from its locking device D, then insert
the end C-fig. 123 of the bonnet stay into the housing E.
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet, check that windscreen wiper arms are not lifted from the windscreen.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
Front passenger side door
A dedicated switch for operating the window is located
on the inner armrest of the passenger side front door.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
104
fig. 120
F0N0063m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 105
CLOSING
Proceed as follows:
WARNING
❒ hold the bonnet up with one hand and with the other
remove the rod C-fig. 123 from the housing E and fit
it back into its catch D-fig. 122;
❒ lower the bonnet to approximately 20 centimetres from
the engine compartment and let it come down. Make
sure that the bonnet is completely closed and not only fastened by the safety catch. If it is not perfectly
closed, do not try to press the bonnet lid down but
open it and repeat the procedure.
For safety reasons, the bonnet must always
be perfectly closed while travelling. Make
sure that the bonnet is perfectly closed and that
the lock is engaged. If you notice whilst driving
that the lock is not perfectly engaged, stop at
once and close the bonnet properly.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
IMPORTANT Always check that the bonnet is closed
properly to avoid it opening while the car is travelling.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 121
F0N0323m
fig. 122
F0N0065m
105
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 106
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK
WARNING
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The incorrect positioning of the bonnet
stay could cause the bonnet to fall suddenly.
Long wheelbase vehicles are equipped with 8 pins; short
or medium wheelbase vehicles are equipped with 6 pins;
vehicles with extra-long wheelbases are equipped with
10 pins.
SAFETY
WARNING
STARTING
AND DRIVING
To fit the roof/ski rack, with provision for versions H1 and
H2, use the pins provided on the edges of the roof fig. 124.
Only carry out these operations with the
vehicle stationary.
WARNING
After travelling for a short distance, check
that the fastening screws are correctly
tightened.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
106
fig. 123
F0N0066m
fig. 124
F0N0138m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 107
Respect the regulations in force concerning
maximum clearance.
HEADLIGHTS
LIGHT BEAM DIRECTION
IMPORTANT Follow the instructions contained in the assembly kit carefully. Assembly must be performed by qualified personnel.
WARNING
Distribute the load evenly and when driving, bear in mind the increased sensitivity of the vehicle to side wind.
Never exceed the permitted weight (see
“Technical data” section).
The correct direction of the headlights is essential for the
comfort and safety of the driver and other road users.
To ensure the best visibility conditions when travelling with
the headlights on the headlight alignment must be correct.
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have the direction checked
and, if necessary, adjusted.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
HEADLIGHT ALIGNMENT CORRECTOR
This device works with the key in the MAR position and
the dipped headlights on. The vehicle tilts backwards when
it is laden raising the beam. The beams must therefore be
aimed again in this case.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Headlight alignment adjustment, fig. 125
IN AN EMERGENCY
Press buttons Ò and  in the control panel for the
adjustment.
The display located on the instrument panel provides the
visual indication of the positions during the adjustment
operation.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
IMPORTANT Check the beam alignment every time the
load transported changes.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
107
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 108
FRONT FOG LIGHTS ALIGNMENT
(for versions/markets where provided)
ABS SYSTEM
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have the direction checked
and, if necessary, adjusted.
If you have never driven a vehicle with ABS before, it is advisable to perform a few tests on slippery ground, always
in safe conditions and respecting the highway code of the
country where you are driving. Read the following information carefully.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHTS
WHEN ABROAD
The dipped headlights are adjusted to work in the country where the vehicle was originally purchased. In countries where vehicles are driven on the other side of the
road, the beams are aligned by applying a specially designed
adhesive film in order not to dazzle the vehicles travelling in the opposite direction.
The system is completed by EBD (Electronic Braking Force
Distribution), which distributes the braking action between
the front and rear wheels.
IMPORTANT For the maximum efficiency of the braking
system, a bedding in period of about 500 km is needed
(with the vehicle new or after having replaced the brake
pads/discs): during this period it is better to avoid sharp,
repeated and prolonged braking.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
WARNING
The ABS system gets the most out of the
available grip but it cannot improve it.
Therefore, you should take great care when driving on slippery surfaces: don’t take unnecessary
risks.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
108
This is an integral part of the braking system, which prevents
one or more wheels from locking or slipping regardless of
the road surface conditions and braking intensity, giving the
best control during emergency braking.
fig. 125
F0N0067m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 109
SYSTEM INTERVENTION
EBD failure
The driver can tell the ABS system has come into action
because the brake pedal pulsates slightly and the system
gets noisier: it means that the vehicle speed should be
altered to suit the type of road surface.
ABS failure is indicated by the > and x warning lights
in the instrument panel together with the dedicated message in the multifunction display (for versions/markets
where provided)coming on (see “Warning lights and messages” section).
WARNING
If the ABS cuts in, it is a sign that the grip
between tyre and the road surface has
reached the limit: you must slow down to match
the speed to the road grip available.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
ABS failure
ABS failure is indicated by the > warning light in the instrument panel together with the dedicated message in the
multifunction display (for versions/markets where provided) coming on (see “Warning lights and messages” section).
In this case, the braking system will work as normal, but
without the extra capacity offered by the ABS system.
Drive carefully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have the
system checked.
In this case, the rear wheels may suddenly lock and the vehicle may swerve when braking sharply. Drive carefully
to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have the system checked.
WARNING
If only the x warning light in the instrument panel lights up (together with a message in the multifunction display, for versions/ markets where provided) stop the vehicle immediately and go to the nearest Fiat Dealership. Fluid leaking from the hydraulic system will compromise the
operation of the braking system, whether it is of
the conventional type or with ABS.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
109
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 110
BRAKE ASSIST (integrated ESP
emergency braking assistance)
(for versions/markets where provided)
This system (which cannot be switched off) recognises
emergency braking (according to the speed of operation
of the brake pedal) and provides additional hydraulic braking pressure to support that applied by the driver. This
allows faster and more powerful operation of the braking system.
The Brake Assist is deactivated on versions equipped with
ESP, in the event of an ESP system failure (indicated by
warning light á switching on together with the message
in the multifunctional display, for versions/markets where
provided).
ESP SYSTEM
(Electronic Stability Program)
(for versions/markets where provided)
This is an electronic system that controls vehicle stability
in the event of tyre grip loss, helping to maintain directional control.
The ESP system is therefore particularly useful when the
grip conditions of road surfaces change.
The MSR system (adjustment of the engine braking torque
during gear changes) and the HBA system (automatic increase in the braking pressure during emergency braking) are present with ESP, ASR and Hill Holder systems
(for versions/markets where provided).
SYSTEM INTERVENTION
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
110
WARNING
When the ABS cuts in, and you feel the
brake pedal pulsating, do not remove your
foot, but keep it pressed; in doing so you will stop
in the shortest distance possible under the road
conditions at the time.
This is signalled by the flashing of warning light á in the
instrument panel, to inform the driver that the vehicle is
in critical stability and grip conditions.
SYSTEM ACTIVATION
The ESP system is automatically activated when the vehicle is started and cannot be de-activated.
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 111
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of a failure, the ESP will be automatically
switched off and the á warning light will come on constantly in the instrument panel along with a message in the
multifunctional display (for versions/markets where provided) (see “Warning lights and messages” section). The
LED in the ASR OFF button will light up. Contact a Fiat
Dealership as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not take unnecessary risks, even if your
vehicle is fitted with an ESP system. Your
driving style must always be suited to the road
conditions, visibility and traffic. The driver is always ultimately responsible for road safety.
HILL HOLDER SYSTEM
This system is an integral part of the ESP system and it is
provided to facilitate starting on hills.
❒ downhill: vehicle stationary on a road with a gradient
higher than 5%, engine running, clutch and brake pedal
pressed and reverse gear engaged.
At pickup the ESP system control unit will maintain the
braking pressure at the wheels until the necessary torque
for starting is reached or, in any case, for a maximum of
2 seconds in order to move easily from the brake pedal to
the accelerator pedal. When 2 seconds have elapsed, without any departure having taken place, the system is automatically deactivated, gradually releasing the braking
pressure.
During this release stage, the typical brake disengagement
noise indicating that the vehicle is going to move imminently will be heard.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Failure indications
The á warning light in the instrument panel will come
on in the event of a failure (see “Warning lights and messages” section).
IN AN EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system is not a parking
brake; therefore, never leave the vehicle without having
engaged the handbrake, turned the engine off and engaged
first gear.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
It is automatically activated in the following conditions:
❒ uphill: vehicle stationary on a road with a gradient higher than 5%, engine running, clutch and brake pedal
pressed, gearbox in neutral or gear other than reverse
engaged;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
For the correct operation of the ESP and
ASR systems, the tyres must be the same
make and type on all wheels, in perfect condition
and, above all, of the type, make and size recommended.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
111
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 112
ASR SYSTEM (Anti-slip Regulator)
The ASR function controls vehicle drive and cuts in
automatically every time one or both drive wheels slip.
Depending on how skiddy the road is, two different control systems are activated:
❒ if the slipping involves both drive wheels, the ASR function intervenes by reducing the power transmitted by
the engine;
❒ if the skidding involves only one driving wheel, the
ASR system cuts in by automatically braking the wheel
that is sliding.
The action of the ASR is particularly helpful in the following circumstances:
❒ slipping of the inner wheel when cornering due to
the effect of dynamic load changes or excessive
acceleration;
WARNING
For the correct operation of the ESP and
ASR systems, the tyres must be the same
make and type on all wheels, in perfect condition
and, above all, of the type, make and size recommended.
MSR system
(engine braking torque control)
This is an integral part of the ASR system that, in the event
of a sudden gear down shift, cuts in and provides torque
to the engine thus preventing excessive drive wheel drive which, especially in poor grip conditions, can lead to
a loss of stability.
Switching the system on/off, fig. 126
❒ too much power transmitted to the wheels also in
relation to the conditions of the road surface;
The ASR system switches on automatically each time the
engine is started.
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or icy surfaces;
When travelling, the ASR can be switched off and on again
pressing button A located among the controls in the dashboard, fig. 126.
❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet surface (aquaplaning).
The switching off is shown by the LED in the actual switch
coming on together with a message shown in the multifunction display, for versions/markets where provided.
On versions with an ASR system only, when it is switched
off (ASR OFF) the V warning light remains on constantly.
INDEX
112
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 113
When the ASR is switched off whilst driving, it will come
on again automatically when the engine is started up later.
When travelling on snowy roads with snow chains, it may
be helpful to turn the ASR off: in fact, in these conditions,
slipping of the drive wheels when moving off makes it possible to obtain better traction.
WARNING
Do not take unnecessary risks, even if your
vehicle is fitted with this system. Your driving style must always be suited to the road conditions, visibility and traffic. The driver is always
ultimately responsible for road safety.
For the correct operation of the ASR system, the tyres
must absolutely be the same make and type on all wheels,
in perfect condition and, above all, of the type, make and
size specified.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of a failure, the ASR system will be automatically switched off and the á warning light will come on
constantly in the instrument panel along with a message in
the multifunctional display (for versions/markets where
provided) (see “Warning lights and messages” section).
The LED in the ASR button will light up. Contact a Fiat
Dealership as soon as possible if this happens.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 126
F0N0077m
113
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
114
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 114
EOBD SYSTEM
The EOBD system (European On Board Diagnosis) allows
continuous diagnosis of emission-related components on
the vehicle.
It also alerts the driver, by turning on the U warning light
on the instrument panel (together with a relevant message
in the multifunction display, for versions/markets where
provided) (see “Warning lights and messages” section),
when these components are no longer in peak condition.
The goal of the system is to:
❒ keep the system efficiency under control;
❒ warn about increased emissions due to a vehicle malfunction;
❒ warn of the need to replace non-performing components.
The system also has a connector that can be interfaced
with appropriate equipment, which makes it possible to
read the error codes stored in the control unit, together
with a series of specific parameters for engine operation
and diagnosis. This check can also be carried out by traffic
police.
IMPORTANT After eliminating the problem, to check
the system completely, Fiat Dealerships run a bench test
and, if necessary, road tests which may also call for a long
journey.
If, when the ignition key is turned to the
MAR position, the U warning light either
does not come on or, when driving, it comes
on constantly or flashing (along with a message in
the multidirection display, for versions/markets where
provided) contact a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. The operation of the U warning light may be
checked by the traffic authorities using specific devices. Respect the regulations in force in the country where you are driving.
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 115
PARKING SENSORS
(for versions/markets where provided)
The parking sensors are located in the rear bumper, fig. 127
and their function is to inform the driver, through an intermittent buzzer, about the presence of obstacles behind
the vehicle.
ACTIVATION
The sensors are automatically activated when the reverse
gear is engaged.
As the obstacle behind the vehicle gets closer to the
bumper, the buzzer becomes more frequent.
AUDIBLE WARNING
When reverse gear is engaged an intermittent beeping is
automatically activated.
Detection distances
Central operating range 140 cm ±10 cm.
Side operating range 60 cm ±20 cm.
If several obstacles are detected by the sensors, only the
nearest one is considered.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
FAILURE INDICATIONS
Any parking sensor failures will be indicated when engaging
reverse by the t warning light in the instrument panel together with the message in the multifunction display coming on for versions/markets where provided (see “Warning
lights and messages” section).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
OPERATION WITH TRAILER
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
The operation of the sensors is automatically deactivated
when the trailer electric plug is inserted in the vehicle tow
hook socket.
IN AN EMERGENCY
The acoustic signal:
❒ increases as the distance between the vehicle and the
obstacle decreases;
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ becomes continuous when the distance between the
vehicle and the obstacle is less than 30 cm and stops immediately if the distance increases;
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
❒ remains constant if the distance remains unchanged; if
this situation concerns the side sensors, the buzzer will
stop after about 3 seconds to avoid, for example, warning indications in the event of manoeuvres along walls.
INDEX
fig. 127
F0N0119m
115
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
116
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 116
The sensors are automatically reactivated when the plug
is removed.
IMPORTANT If you wish to leave the tow hook fitted
without towing a trailer, it is advisable to contact a Fiat
Dealership for the relevant system update operations because the tow hook could be detected as an obstacle by
the central sensors.
When using special washing equipment such as high pressure jets or steam cleaning, clean the sensors very quickly
keeping the jet more than 10 cm away.
WARNING
The driver always has ultimate responsibility for parking and other dangerous manoeuvres. When parking, make sure that noone is
standing in the area, especially children or animals. The parking sensors are designed to assist
drivers: in all cases, you must always pay the utmost attention during potentially dangerous
manoeuvres, even when carried out at low speed.
GENERAL WARNINGS
The sensor must be clean of mud, dirt, snow
or ice in order for the system to work. Be
careful not to scratch or damage the sensors while cleaning them. Avoid using dry, rough or
hard cloths. The sensors should be washed with
clean water, possibly with some car shampoo.
❒ When parking, take the utmost care over obstacles that
may be above or below the sensors.
❒ Objects close to the vehicle, in certain circumstances
are not detected and could therefore cause damage to
the vehicle or be damaged.
The following conditions may influence the performance
of the parking sensor system:
❒ Reduced sensor sensitivity and a reduction in the parking assistance system performance could be due to the
presence on the surface of the sensor of: ice, snow,
mud, thick paint;
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 117
❒ The sensor may detect a non-existent obstacle (echo
noise) due to mechanical noises, for example when
washing the vehicle, in case of rain, strong wind, hail;
CAR RADIO
❒ The signals sent by the sensors can also be altered by
the presence of ultrasound devices (e.g. pneumatic
brake systems or pneumatic drills) near the vehicle;
For radio operation, consult the Supplement attached to
this Owner Handbook.
❒ The performance of the parking assistance system may
also be affected by the position of the sensors. For example by a change in the ride setting (caused by the
wear of the shock absorbers, suspension), changing the
tyres, overloading the vehicle and carrying out specific
tuning operations that require the vehicle to be lowered;
❒ Detection of obstacles in the upper part of the vehicle
(particularly in the case of vans or chassis cabs) may not
be guaranteed because the system detects obstacles that
could strike the lower part of the vehicle.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
(for versions/markets, where provided)
SAFETY
SOUND SYSTEM CAPABILITY
(for versions/markets where provided)
The system consists of:
❒ sound system power cables;
❒ front speaker connection cables;
❒ aerial power cable;
❒ 2 tweeters A on the front pillars (30 W max power
each), fig. 128;
❒ 2 mid-woofers B in the front doors (165 mm diameter, 40 W max power each) fig. 129;
❒ radio aerial lead.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 128
F0N0157m
117
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
Pagina 118
The sound system must be installed in the place occupied
by the central oddments compartment, where you will find
the wiring.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
14:27
WARNING
For connection to the existing devices supplied in the vehicle contact Fiat Dealership to prevent any problems that could impair
vehicle safety.
ACCESSORIES PURCHASED
BY THE OWNER
If after buying the vehicle, you decide to install electrical
accessories that require a permanent electric supply
(alarm, satellite anti-theft system, etc.) or accessories that
in any case burden the electric supply, contact a Fiat Dealership, whose qualified personnel, besides suggesting the
most suitable devices from Lineaccessori Fiat, will also evaluate the overall electric absorption, checking whether the
vehicle’s electric system is able to withstand the load required, or whether it needs to be integrated with a more
powerful battery.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
Take care when fitting additional spoilers,
alloy wheels or non-standard wheel hubs:
they could reduce the ventilation of the brakes and
affect efficiency under sharp, repeated braking or
on long descents. Make sure that nothing obstructs
the pedals (mats, etc.)
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
118
fig. 129
F0N0158m
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 119
INSTALLING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
DEVICES
RADIO TRANSMITTERS
AND MOBILE PHONES
Electrical and electronic devices installed after buying the
vehicle by aftersales must carry the following label:
Radio transmission equipment (e.g.: ETACS mobile phones,
CB radio systems and so on) should not be used inside the
vehicle unless a separate aerial roof-mounted is fitted.
IMPORTANT The use of similar devices inside the passenger compartment (without an external aerial) may, in
addition to potential damage to the health of the passengers, cause malfunctions in the vehicle electronic systems,
compromising the safety of the vehicle.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorises the installation of transceiving
devices provided that they are installed by a specialised
centre according to rules of good engineering practice in
compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
IMPORTANT Traffic authorities may not allow the vehicle on the road if devices are fitted that involve modifications to the features of the vehicle. This may also cause
lapse of the warranty in relation to faults caused by the
change or either directly or indirectly related to it.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. shall not be liable for damage caused by
the installation of accessories either not supplied or recommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and/or not installed in compliance with the provided instructions.
In addition, the transmission and reception of these devices may be affected by the shielding effect of the vehicle body.
As far as the use of EC-approved mobile phones is concerned (GSM, GPRS, UMTS), follow the instructions for
use provided by the mobile phone manufacturer.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
119
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 120
PREPARATION FOR TELEPASS DEVICE
IN REFLECTIVE WINDSCREEN
(for versions/markets where provided)
If the vehicle is equipped with a reflective windscreen,
install the Telepass in the appropriate area shown in
fig. 129a-129b
REFUELLING THE VEHICLE
OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES
If the outside temperature is very low, the diesel thickens due to the formation of paraffin clots with consequent
defective operation of the fuel supply system.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
In order to avoid these problems, different types of diesel
are distributed according to the season: summer type, winter type and arctic type (cold/mountain areas). If refuelling
with diesel fuel whose specifications are not suitable for
the usage temperature, it is advisable to mix TUTELA
DIESEL ART additive in the proportions shown on the container with the fuel. Pour the additive into the tank before
the fuel.
IN AN EMERGENCY
When using or parking the vehicle for a long time in the
mountains or cold areas, it is advisable to refuel using
locally available diesel.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
fig. 129a – Left hand drive versions
F0N0245m
fig. 129b – Right hand drive versions
F0N0246m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
120
In this situation it is also advisable to keep the fuel tank
more than 50% full.
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 121
Only use diesel fuel that conforms to European specification EN590. The use of
other products or mixtures may damage the
engine beyond repair and consequently invalidate
the warranty, depending on the damage caused. If
you accidentally introduce other types of fuel into
the tank, do not start the engine. Empty the tank.
If the engine has run, even for a very short time, you
will need to have the entire fuel system emptied in
addition to the tank.
REFUELLING CAPACITY
The hermetic seal may cause a slight increase in pressure
in the tank. A suction noise when you release the cap is
therefore entirely normal.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
When refuelling, position the cap on the device inside the
flap as shown in fig. 130.
SAFETY
WARNING
Do not place naked flames or lit cigarettes
near to the fuel tank opening: fire risk.
Keep your face away from the fuel tank opening
to avoid breathing in harmful vapours.
To fill the tank completely, top up twice after the first click
of the trigger. Further top-ups could cause faults in the
fuel feeding system.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 130
When refuelling, open the flap A then undo the cap B turning the ignition key anticlockwise; the cap has a device C
to prevent it being lost.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 130
F0N0068m
121
037-122 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:27
Pagina 122
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
The following devices are used for reducing diesel fuel engine emissions:
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechanical filter, integral to the exhaust system, that physically traps particulates present in the exhaust gases of diesel engines.
❒ oxidising catalytic converter;
❒ exhaust gas recirculation system (E.G.R.);
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
The diesel particulate filter (DPF) reaches
high temperatures during operation. Therefore do not therefore park the vehicle on inflammable materials (grass, dry leaves, pine needles,
etc.): fire hazard.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
122
WARNING
The catalytic converter also reaches high
temperatures during normal operation.
Do not park the on grass, dry leaves, pine needles
or other flammable material: fire hazard.
It is needed to eliminate almost all particulates in compliance with current/future legislation.
During normal use of the vehicle, the engine control unit
records a set of data (e.g. travel time, type of route, temperatures, etc.) and it will then calculate how much particulate has been trapped by the filter.
Since this filter physically traps particulate, it should be
regenerated (cleaned) at regular intervals by burning the
carbon particles.
The regeneration procedure is handled automatically by
the engine control unit according to the filter conditions
and vehicle use conditions.
During regeneration, the following may occur: a limited increase in the engine speed, activation of the fan, a limited
increase in fumes and high temperatures at the exhaust.
These are not faults; they do not impair vehicle performance or damage the environment.
If the dedicated message is displayed, refer to the “Warning lights and messages” section.
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 123
SAFETY
SAFETY BELTS
Through the reel, the belt automatically adapts to the body
of the passenger wearing it, allowing freedom of movement.
USING THE SEAT BELTS
fig. 131
The reel may block when the vehicle is parked on a steep
slope: this is perfectly normal. Furthermore, the reel mechanism locks the belt if it is pulled and in the event of sudden
braking, collisions and on high speed bends.
The belt should be worn keeping the chest straight and
rested against the seat back.
To unfasten the seat belts, press button C. Guide the seat
belt with your hand while it is rewinding, to prevent it from
twisting.
WARNING
Never press button C-fig. 131 when travelling.
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT fig. 132
WARNING
The height of the seat belts must be adjusted with the vehicle at a standstill.
To adjust, use button A-fig. 132 to raise or lower handle
B-fig. 132.
Always adjust the seat belt height to the passenger’s body:
this precaution may considerably reduce the risk of injury in the event of a collision.
fig. 131
F0N0069m
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
To fasten the seat belts, hold the tongue A and insert it into the buckle B, until the locking click is heard.
On removal, if it jams, let it rewind for a short stretch,
then pull it out again without jerking.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
123
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 124
Correct regulation is obtained when the belt passes approximately half way between the shoulder and the neck.
WARNING
After adjustment, always check that the
cursor to which the ring is fastened is
locked in one of the set positions. Push downwards
to enable the locking device to click if the grip has
not been released in one of the possible positions.
Seat belt with reel for front central place
on bench seat
The two-seater front bench is equipped with an on-board
seat belt (reel on seat) with three anchorage points for the
central place.
S.B.R. SYSTEM
The vehicle is fitted with a Seat Belt Reminder system
(S.B.R.), consisting of a buzzer and a flashing warning light
< on the instrument panel which warns the driver that the
seat belt must be fastened.
The buzzer can be deactivated (until the next engine stop)
as follows:
❒ fasten the driver’s seat belt;
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;
❒ wait for over 20 seconds and then release one of the
seat belts.
For permanent deactivation, contact the Fiat Dealership.
With digital display, the S.B.R. system can only be reset
at Fiat Dealership.
With multifunction display, the S.B.R. system can also be
reset through the set-up menu.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
124
fig. 132
F0N0070m
fig. 133
F0N0156m
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 125
PRETENSIONERS
To increase the efficiency of the seat belts, the vehicle is
fitted with pretensioners. These devices, in the event of
a violent crash, rewind the seat belts a few centimetres. In
this way they ensure that the seat belt adheres perfectly
to the wearer before the restraining action begins.
WARNING
The pretensioner can only be used once.
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have it replaced after is has been deployed. The device expiry date is shown on the plate in the glove compartment: contact the FIAT Dealership when it’s
time to replace the device.
The seat belt locks to indicate that the device has intervened; the seat belt cannot be drawn back up even when
guiding it manually.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest degree of protection
from the action of the pretensioning device, wear the seat
belt keeping it firmly close to the chest and pelvis.
A slight amount of smoke may be detected during operation of the pretensioners. This smoke is not harmful and
does not indicate a fire.
The pretensioner does not require any maintenance or
lubrication.
Anything that modifies its original conditions invalidates its
efficiency.
If unusual natural events (floods, sea storms, etc.) have
caused the device to be contaminated by water and mud,
it must be replaced.
Operations which lead to knocks, vibrations
or localised heating (over 100°C for a maximum of 6 hours) in the area around the
pretensioners may cause damage or trigger them.
These devices are not affected by vibrations caused
by irregularities of the road surface or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc. Contact a Fiat Dealership
for any assistance.
LOAD LIMITERS
To increase passenger’s safety, the front seat belt reels
contain a load limiter which allows controlled sag in such
a way as to dose the force acting on the chest and shoulders
during the belt restraining action in case of front crash.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
125
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 126
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING
THE SEAT BELTS
The driver is responsible for respecting (and ensuring that
all the other vehicle passengers also respect) the local laws
in force regarding the use of seat belts. Always fasten the
seat belts before starting off.
Seat belts are also to be worn by expectant mothers: the
risk of injury in the case of accident is greatly reduced for
them and the unborn child if they are wearing a seat belt.
Of course they must position the lower part of the belt very
low down so that it passes under the abdomen, see 134.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
WARNING
The belt must not be twisted. The upper
part must cross the shoulder and the chest
diagonally. The lower part must adhere to the
hips fig. 135 not to the abdomen. Do not use devices
(clips, clamps, etc.) that prevent the belts from being snug to the passengers’ body.
WARNING
Maximum protection is obtained if the
backrest is kept straight: the passenger’s
back must lean against the backrest and the seat
belt must be tight on the chest and hips. Always fasten the seat belts on both the front and the rear
seats. Travelling without seat belts fastened increases the risk of serious injuries or even death in
the event of a crash.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
126
fig. 134
F0N0120m
fig. 135
F0N0121m
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 127
WARNING
WARNING
Under no circumstances should the seat
belt and pretensioner components be removed or tampered with. All interventions must
be performed by qualified and authorised personnel only. Always go to a Fiat Dealership
WARNING
If the belt has been subjected to a heavy
stress, for example after an accident, it
should be changed completely together with the
anchors, anchor fastening screws and the pretensioner. In fact, even if the belt has no visible
defects, it could have lost its resilience.
Each seat belt must be worn by one person only; do not carry children on your
lap with one seat belt protecting both. In general, do not place any objects between the person and belt.
HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT BELTS ALWAYS
IN EFFICIENT CONDITIONS
Observe the following precautions for correct seat belt
maintenance:
❒ always use the belts with the tap well stretched and
never twisted; make sure that it is free to run without
impediments;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ replace the belt after an accident of a certain severity
even if it does not appear damaged. Always replace the
belt if the pretensioners were deployed;
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ to clean the belt, wash by hand with water and mild
soap, rinse and leave to dry in the shade. Do not use
strong detergents, bleach, paints or any other substance
which could damage the belt fibres;
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ prevent the reels from getting wet: their correct operation is only guaranteed if water does not get inside;
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
❒ replace the seat belt when showing significant wear or
cut signs.
INDEX
fig. 136
F0N0122m
127
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
128
14:33
Pagina 128
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY
For optimum protection in the event of a crash, all passengers must be seated and wearing adequate restraint
systems. This is even more important for children. This
prescription is compulsory in all EC countries according
to EC Directive 2003/20/EC.
A child’s head is larger and heavier in proportion to its
body and the child’s muscular and bone structures are not
fully developed. For this reason, they require restraint systems which are different from those used by adults to protect them in the event of an accident. The results of research in relation to the best protection for children is
illustrated in European Regulation CEE-R44, which divides
the restraint systems into five groups in addition to making their use compulsory:
Group 0
IN AN EMERGENCY
11-02-2010
Over 1.50 m in height, from the point of view of restraint
systems, children are considered as adults and wear the
seat belts normally.
WARNING
Do not place a cradle seat facing backwards on the front seat if the passenger
side airbag is on. Deployment of the airbag in an
accident could cause fatal injuries to the baby regardless of the severity of the collision. It is advisable to carry children in dedicated child seats
on the rear seat, which is the most protected position in the event of an accident.
up to 10 kg of weight
Group 0+ up to 13 kg of weight
Group 1
9 – 18 kg of weight
Group 2
15 – 25 kg of weight
Group 3
22 – 36 kg of weight
As it may be noted, the groups overlap partly and in fact,
in commerce it is possible to find devices that cover more
than one weight group. All restraint devices must bear the
certification data, together with the control brand, on a
solidly fixed label which must absolutely never be removed.
WARNING
SERIOUS HAZARD Should it be absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front
seat in a cradle seat facing away from the
direction of travel, the passenger’s front air
bag and Side Bag (for versions/markets
where provided) should be deactivated by using the
Set-Up Menu. Deactivation can be verified by
checking the F warning light in the instrument
panel. Move the passenger’s seat as far back as possible to avoid contact between the child seat and
the dashboard.
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 129
GROUP 0 and 0+
WARNING
Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing backwards on
a cradle seat, which, supporting the head, does not induce
stress on the neck in the event of sharp decelerations.
The cradle is restrained by the vehicle seat belts fig. 137
and in turn it must restrain the child with its own belts.
Some child restraint systems for weight
group 0 and 1 have a rear attachment to
the car seat belts and its own seat belts for securing the child. Due to their weight, they may be
dangerous if incorrectly mounted (e.g. if fastened to the vehicle seat belts placing a cushion
in between). Follow the assembly instructions
carefully.
WARNING
The figures are indicative for assembly purposes only. Refer to the instructions supplied
with the child restraint.
GROUP 1
From 9 kg to 18 kg in weight, children may be carried facing forwards seated on child seats fitted with a front cushion. With these seats the vehicle seat belt is used to restrain both child and seat, fig. 138.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 137
F0N0123m
fig. 138
F0N0124m
129
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 130
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, children may be restrained directly by the car belts fig. 139. The only function of the seat is to position the child correctly in relation to the belts, so that the diagonal part adheres to the
chest and not to the neck and that the horizontal part
clings to the child’s pelvis and not the abdomen.
For children from 22 kg to 36 kg the size of the child’s
chest no longer requires a support to space the child’s back
from the seat back.
Figure 140 shows proper child seat positioning on the rear
seat.
Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seat belts like adults.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
The figure is indicative for assembly purposes only. Refer to the instructions supplied
with the child restraint.
WARNING
The figure is indicative for assembly purposes only. Refer to the instructions supplied
with the child restraint.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
130
fig. 139
F0N0125m
fig. 140
F0M0126m
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 131
SUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR THE USE OF CHILD SEATS
The vehicle complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC which governs the arrangement possibilities for child
restraints on the seats of a vehicle as shown in the following table.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Group
SAFETY
Weight groups
VAN, COMBI and PANORAMA versions
CAB
1st and 2nd REAR SEATS ROW
Single seat
or tow-seater
(1 or 2 passengers)
Passenger
rear
left side
Passenger
rear
right side
Passenger
central
up to 13 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 1
9 – 18 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 2
15 – 25 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 3
22 – 36 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 0, 0+
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
131
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 132
Below is a summary of the rules of safety to
be followed for carrying children:
1) The recommended position for installing child seats is
on the rear seat, as it is the most protected area in the
event of a crash.
SAFETY
2) If the passenger’s air bag is deactivated always check
the amber warning light on the control panel to make sure
that it has actually been deactivated.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
3) Carefully follow the instructions supplied with the child
restraint system which are mandatory by law. Keep the instructions in the vehicle along with the other papers and
this handbook. Do not use second-hand child seats without instructions.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
4) Always check the seat belt is well fastened by pulling
the webbing.
5) Only one child is to be strapped into each retaining
system; never carry two children using one child seat.
6) Always check the seat belts do not fit around the child’s
throat.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
7) While travelling, do not let the child sit incorrectly or
release the belts.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
8) Never carry children on your lap, even newborns. Noone, however strong, can hold a child in the case of an
accident.
9) In case of an accident, replace the child’s seat with
a new one.
INDEX
132
WARNING
Do not place a cradle seat facing backwards on the front seat if the passenger
side airbag is on. Deployment of the airbag in an
accident could cause fatal injuries to the baby regardless of the severity of the collision. It is advisable to carry children in an appropriate restraint system on the rear seat which is the most
protected position in the event of an accident.
“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”
CHILD RESTRAINT ASSEMBLY SETUP
Provision has been made on the vehicle to fit a Universal
Isofix child restraint system, a new European standardised
system for carrying children safely. An example of a child
seat is shown in fig. 141. Due to its different anchoring system, the Universal Isofix child’s seat shall be anchored to
the proper lower metal rings A-fig. 142, set between rear
seat back and cushion. The upper belt (provided with the
child’s seat) must be then secured to ring B-fig. 143 set
on the rear at child’s seat level. It is possible to mount at
the same time both the traditional restraint system and
the “Universal Isofix” one.
Remember that in case of Universal Isofix child’s seat, you
can only use all those seats approved with the marking
EKE R44/03 “Universal Isofix”.
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 133
WARNING
WARNING
Fit the child seat when the vehicle is stationary. The child seat is correctly anchored to the brackets when you hear the click.
Follow the instructions for assembly, disassembly and positioning that the manufacturer must supply with the child seat.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 142
F0N0234m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 141
F0N0236m
fig. 143
F0N0235m
133
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
11-02-2010
14:33
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON UNIVERSAL ISOFIX
CHILD SEAT USE
The table below shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraint systems on seats fitted with Universal
Isofix fasteners in compliance with European standard ECE 16.
Weight group
Portable cradle
Group 0 0 to 10 kg
Group 0+ up to 13 kg
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Pagina 134
Group I from 9
up to 18 kg
Direction
seat
Class
Isofix size
Isofix positions
rear side 1st row
PANORAMA
COMBI
Facing forwards
F
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
G
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
E
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
E
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
D
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
C
IUF
IUF(*)
Facing forwards
D
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
C
IUF(*)
IUF(*)
Facing forwards
B1
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
A
IUF
IUF
(*) Not with two-seater front bench.
IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved
for the weight group.
INDEX
134
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 135
FRONT AIRBAGS
The front air bags may not be activated in the following situations:
The vehicle is provided with front airbags for the driver
and the passenger.
❒ during collisions against highly deformable objects that
do not affect the vehicle front surface (e.g. bumper collision against guard rail, heaps of gravel, etc.);
The front driver/passenger air bags have been designed to
protect the occupants in the event of head-on crashes of
medium-high severity, by placing the cushion between the
occupant and the steering wheel or dashboard.
Front air bags are designed to protect car’s occupants in
head-on crashes and therefore non-activation in other
types of collisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs,
etc.) is not a system malfunction.
An electronic control unit causes the bag to inflate in the
event of a head-on crash. The bag will inflate instantaneously placing itself between the front occupant’s body and the
structures which could cause injury. It will deflate immediately afterwards.
Driver and passenger front airbags are not a replacement
of but complementary to the belts, which you are recommended to always wear, as specified by law in Europe and
most non-European countries.
❒ jamming of the vehicle underneath other vehicles or
protective barriers (e.g. underneath a truck or a guard
rail); in this case, the bags would offer no additional protection with respect to the seat belt and their deployment is unnecessary. No deployment in such cases is
consequently not the sign of a fault.
WARNING
Do not apply stickers or other objects on
the steering wheel, passenger side airbag
cover or side upholstery on roof. Do not place objects on the passenger side dashboard because
these could interfere with the correct opening of
the airbag (e.g. mobile phones) and cause severe
injury to occupants.
The volume of front air bags at max. inflation fills most of
the space between the steering wheel and the driver and
between the dashboard and the passenger.
In the event of an impact, someone not wearing a seat belt
will move forward and come into contact with the bag
which is still in the opening stage. The protection offered
by the bag is reduced in such a case.
The airbags are not deployed in the event of collisions of
low severity (for which the withholding action of the seat
belts is sufficient). For this reason, the seat belt must be
worn at all times. In the case of side collisions, the seat
belts hold occupants in the correct position and prevent
being thrown out of the car by a very violent collision.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
135
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 136
DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 144
PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 145
(for versions/markets where provided)
This consists of an instant inflating bag contained in a special recess in the centre of the steering wheel.
This consists of an instant inflating bag contained in a special recess in the dashboard: this bag has a larger volume
than that of the driver’s.
SAFETY
WARNING
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 144
F0N0324m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
136
fig. 145
F0N0072m
SEVERE DANGER: do not arrange cradle
child restraints facing backwards if the passenger’s airbag is on. Deployment of the
airbag in an accident could cause fatal injuries to the baby. Always deactivate the
passenger air bag when placing a child seat on the
front seat. Move the passenger’s seat as far back
as possible to avoid contact between the cradle and
the dashboard. Although this is not mandatory by
law, the air bag should be immediately reactivated
when children are no longer carried to ensure better protection for adults.
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 137
MANUAL DEACTIVATION
OF PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG
AND SIDE BAG CHEST PROTECTION
(for versions/markets where provided)
Whenever a child needs to be carried on the front seat,
the passenger’s front airbag and the Side Bag chest protection (for versions/markets where provided) must be
deactivated.
The instrument panel warning light F will stay on glowing steadily until reactivating the passenger’s front air bag
and the Side Bag chest protection (for versions/markets
where provided).
WARNING
To deactivate the passenger’s front air bag
and the Side Bag chest protection (for versions/markets where provided) , refer to paragraphs
“Digital display” and “Multifunction display” in
section “Dashboard and controls”.
SIDE AIRBAGS
The vehicle is fitted with front side bags for driver and passenger (for versions/markets where provided) for protecting the chest and window bags (for versions/markets
where provided) for protecting front and rear passengers’
head.
Side bags (for versions/markets where provided) protect
vehicle occupants from side crashes of medium-high
severity, by placing the bag between the occupant and
the internal parts of the side structure of the vehicle.
Non-activation of side bags in other types of collisions
(front collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunction.
An electronic control unit causes the bags to inflate in
the event of a frontal crash. The bags inflate instantaneously
placing themselves between the front occupant’s body and
the structures which could cause injury. They deflate immediately afterwards.
Side bags (for versions/markets where provided) are not
a replacement of but complementary to the belts, which
you are recommended to always wear, as specified by law
in Europe and most non-European countries.
FRONT SIDE BAGS
– CHEST AND PELVIS ZONE fig. 146
(for versions/markets where provided)
Front side bags are housed in the seat back rests, they consist of an instantly inflating bag designed to increase protection of the occupants’ chest and pelvis zone in the event
of a side crash of medium-high severity.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
137
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 138
SIDE WINDOW BAGS
– HEAD PROTECTION fig. 147
(for versions/markets where provided)
They consist of two curtain bags, one on the right and
the other on the left side of the vehicle, located behind
the side coverings of the roof and covered by proper
finishing.
Window bags have been designed for protecting the head
of front and rear occupants in the event of side crash,
thanks to the wide bag inflation surface.
IMPORTANT In the event of side crash, you can obtain
the best protection by the system keeping a correct position on the seat, allowing thus a correct window bag
unfolding.
IMPORTANT The front air bags and/or side bags may be
deployed if the vehicle is subject to heavy knocks or accidents involving the underbody area, such as for example
violent shocks, against steps, kerbs or low obstacles, vehicle falling into big pot holes or depressions in the road.
IMPORTANT A small amount of dust will be released
when the airbags are deployed. The dust is not harmful
and does not indicate the beginning of a fire. Furthermore,
the surface of the deployed bag and the interior of the
vehicle may be covered with residual dust. This dust can
irritate skin and eyes. Wash with mild soap and water in
the event of exposure.
The expiry date of the explosive charge and the clock wire
are shown on a specific label contained in the oddment
compartment. Contact a Fiat Dealership to have the devices replaced when the expiry date approaches.
IMPORTANT Should an accident occur in which any of
the safety devices is activated, take the car to a Fiat Dealership to have the devices activated replaced and to have
the system checked.
Every control, repair and replacement operations concerning the air bags must only be carried out c/o Fiat
Dealership.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
138
fig. 146
F0N0140m
fig. 147
F0N0133m
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 139
If you are having the vehicle scrapped, have the air bag system deactivated at a Fiat Dealership first. If the vehicle
changes ownership, the new owner must be informed of
the method of use of air bags and the above warnings and
also be given this “Owner’s Handbook”.
IMPORTANT Pretensioners, front airbags and front side
bags are deployed according to different logics on the basic of the type of collision. Non-deployment of one of the
devices does not necessarily indicate a system malfunction.
WARNING
Never rest head, arms and elbows on the
door, on the windows and in the window
bag area to prevent possible injuries during inflation phase.
WARNING
GENERAL WARNINGS
WARNING
If when turning the key to MAR the warning light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays
on when travelling (together with the message on
the multifunction display, for versions/markets,
where provided) there could be a failure in safety
systems; in this event air bags or pretensioners
could not trigger in case of impact or, in a minor
number of cases, they could trigger accidentally.
Contact Fiat Dealership immediately to have the
system checked before driving off.
WARNING
Do not cover the front and rear seat backrest with upholstery or seat covers that
hinder deployment of the side bag.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
Never lean head, arms and elbows out of
window.
WARNING
Do not travel with objects in your lap, in
front of your chest, or keeping between
your lips pipes, pencils, etc.. In the event of crash
with airbag activation, you may be seriously injured.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
139
123-140 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
140
11-02-2010
14:33
Pagina 140
WARNING
Always drive keeping your hands on the
steering wheel crown so that, in the event
of airbag activation, it can inflate without finding
obstacles. Do not drive with your body bent forward. Keep the backrest in straight position, resting correctly your back on it.
WARNING
Turning the ignition key to MAR, the
warning light F (airbag on passenger’s
side enabled) goes on and flashes for a few seconds, thus reminding the passenger that the airbag
on his/her side will deploy in the event of a collision. After this time, the light goes off.
WARNING
WARNING
With ignition key inserted, on MAR, even
if the engine is off, the air bags can activate also with the vehicle stopped, if it is hit by
another vehicle. For this reason, children must never sit on the front seat, even if the vehicle is not
moving. On the other hand, whenever the key is
positioned on STOP, the safety devices (airbags
or pretensioners) do not deploy after a collision.
In this case non-deployment of these devices does
not indicate a system malfunction.
Do not wash the car seats with water or
pressurised steam (both by hand or at automatic washing stations).
WARNING
The front airbag is deployed in the event
of collisions having a more severe nature
than those required to activate the pretensioners.
For collisions in the range between the two activation thresholds, the fact that only the pretensioners activate is normal.
WARNING
WARNING
If the vehicle has been subject to theft or
a theft attempt or if it has been affected
by vandalism, flooding or inundation, have the air
bag system checked at a Fiat Dealership.
Do not hook rigid objects to cloth hangers
and to the support handles.
The air bag does not replace seat belts but increases
their efficiency. Furthermore, since front airbags are
not deployed in low speed collisions, side collisions,
rear-end shunts or roll-overs, the occupants are only protected by the seat belts which must be fastened at all times.
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 141
STARTING AND DRIVING
STARTING THE ENGINE
The vehicle is fitted with an electronic engine lock device:
if the engine fails to start, see the paragraph “The Fiat
CODE system” in section “Dashboard and controls”.
In the first period of use, we recommend
avoiding excessive stress for the car (for instance excessive accelerations, extended
travel at maximum speed, sudden braking etc.).
When the engine is switched off never
leave the key into the ignition switch to
prevent pointless current absorption from
draining the battery.
WARNING
It is dangerous to let the engine run in enclosed spaces. The engine depletes the
oxygen and discharges carbon dioxide, carbon
monoxide and other toxic gases.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
Remember that the brake booster and
power steering are not operational until
the engine has been started, therefore much effort than usual is required on the brake pedal and
steering wheel.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
PROCEDURE
Proceed as follows:
❒ apply the handbrake;
❒ put the gear lever into neutral;
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR: the warning lights m and
Y on the instrument panel will turn on;
❒ Wait for the warning lights Y and m to turn off. The
hotter the engine is, the quicker this will happen;
❒ press the clutch pedal all the way down without touching the accelerator;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soon as the warning light
m turns off. Waiting too long will waste the work
done by the glow plugs. Release the key as soon as the
engine starts.
If the engine does not start at the first attempt, return
the ignition key to STOP before repeating starting.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
141
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 142
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
If, when the ignition key is at MAR the warning light Y
remains on together with warning light m, turn the key
to STOP and then back to MAR; if the warning lights remain on, try with the other keys provided with the car.
SAFETY
IMPORTANT If the instrument panel warning light Y
stays on glowing steadily, contact immediately Fiat Dealership.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
142
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key to MAR when
the engine is off.
Warning light m will blink for 60 seconds
after starting or during prolonged cranking to indicate a fault to the glow plug heating system. Use the vehicle normally if the engine
starts, but contact the Fiat Dealership as soon as
possible.
HOW TO WARM UP THE ENGINE AFTER IT
HAS JUST STARTED
Remember that the servo brake and power steering are not operational until the engine has been started, therefore more effort than usual is required on the brake pedal and
steering wheel.
Avoid jump starting the engine by pushing,
towing or driving downhill. This could cause
a flow of fuel into the catalytic converter
and damage it beyond repair.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Turn the ignition key to STOP while the engine is idling.
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you should allow the
engine to “catch its breath” before turning it off by letting
it idle to allow the temperature in the engine compartment
to fall.
Proceed as follows:
❒ drive off slowly, letting the engine turn at medium speed.
Do not accelerate abruptly;
❒ do not demand maximum performance for the first few
kilometres. Wait until the engine coolant gauge starts
moving.
A quick burst on the accelerator before
turning off the engine serves absolutely no
practical purpose, it wastes fuel and is
damaging especially to turbocharged engines.
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 143
PARKING THE VEHICLE
HANDBRAKE fig. 148
Proceed as follows:
❒ stop the engine and engage the handbrake;
❒ engage a gear (on a slope, engage first gear if the vehicle is faced uphill or reverse if it is faced downhill) and
leave the wheels steered.
The handbrake lever is located to the left side of the driver’s seat. Pull the lever upwards until the vehicle is blocked
to operate the handbrake. Four or five notches are normally sufficient to lock the vehicle on flat ground, while
nine or ten may be necessary on a steep slope with the
vehicle loaded.
If the vehicle is parked on a steep slope, it is advisable to
further block the wheels with a wedge or stone. Do not
leave the key in the ignition switch to prevent draining
the battery. Always remove the key when you leave the
vehicle.
IMPORTANT If this is not the case, contact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrake adjusted.
When the handbrake lever is pulled up and the ignition
key is at MAR, the instrument panel warning light x will
turn on. Proceed as follows to release the handbrake:
❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press release button A;
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Always remove the ignition key when
leaving the vehicle and take it out with you.
❒ hold button A pressed and lower the lever. Warning
light x on the instrument panel will go out.
Press the brake pedal when carrying out this operation
to prevent the vehicle from moving accidentally.
IMPORTANT Apply the handbrake lever only when the
vehicle is at a standstill or with the vehicle in motion
only in the event of a fault in the hydraulic system. If
exceptional use is made of the handbrake with the vehicle in motion, moderate traction is advisable in order not
to cause locking of the rear end with consequent swerving of the vehicle.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 148
F0N0073m
143
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 144
USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX
To engage the gears, press the clutch pedal fully and shift
the gear lever into one of the required positions (the diagram is shown on the knob, fig. 149).
To engage 6th gear (where provided), operate the lever
by pressing it towards the right in order to avoid engaging 4th gear by mistake. The same applies to the shift from
6th to 5th gear.
IMPORTANT Reverse may only be engaged when the vehicle is at a standstill. With the engine running, wait for
at least 2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully pressed before engaging reverse to prevent damage to the gears and
grating.
To engage reverse R from neutral, proceed as follows:
raise ring A under the knob and at the same time move
the gear lever to the right and then backwards.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
144
fig. 149
F0N0074m
WARNING
Press the clutch pedal fully to change
gears correctly. For this reason, there must
be no obstacles on the floor under the pedals: ensure that rubber mats (if any) are correctly positioned, not interfering with the pedals.
Do not drive with your hand resting on the
gear lever, because this pressure, even if
light, over time can wear out the gearbox
inner components.
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 145
LOAD ADVICE
WARNING
The Fiat Ducato version used by you has been designed
and type approved on the basis of certain maximum
weights (see “Weights” table in the “Technical Data” section): kerb weight, payload, total weight, maximum weight
on front axle, maximum weight on rear axle, towable
weight.
Irregular trajectories and abrupt braking
may cause sudden movements of the load
with consequent situations of hazard for the driver and passengers: before setting off, secure the
load tightly using the appropriate hooks on the
floor and use steel cables, ropes or chains strong
enough to hold the items to be secured.
IMPORTANT The maximum permitted load on the floor
fastenings is 500 kg; the maximum permitted load on the
side panel is 150 kg.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING
Each of these must be strictly observed
and MUST NEVER BE EXCEEDED in any
case. In particular, ensure that you never exceed
the maximum permitted weights on the front and
rear axles when arranging the load on the vehicle
(particularly if the vehicle is equipped with a specific version).
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
If a vehicle is parked on a very steep gradient or with a side gradient, opening the
rear door or side door could cause any unsecured
items to emerge suddenly.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT For versions with right and left side flaps,
it is advisable to reposition the release lever in the closed
position before lowering the sides.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
145
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 146
WARNING
If you wish to carry petrol in a reserve
tank, observe the legal restrictions and only use a tank that is type approved and properly
secured to the load anchorage eyebolts. However, the risks in case of collision increase.
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS
Here are some suggestions which may help you to keep
the running costs of your vehicle down and lower the
amount of toxic emissions released into the atmosphere.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Vehicle maintenance
STARTING
AND DRIVING
In addition to these general precautions, some simple precautions can improve driving safety, travelling comfort and
vehicle durability:
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ distribute the load evenly over the floor: if it is necessary to concentrate it in a single area, choose an area
mid-way between both axles;
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ remember that the lower the load, the lower the vehicle centre of gravity, making for a safer drive: therefore always position the heaviest goods lower down;
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
146
❒ lastly, remember that the vehicle’s dynamic behaviour
is affected by the weight transported: in particular, the
stopping distances are longer, particularly at high speed.
Have checks and adjustments carried out in accordance
with the “Scheduled Maintenance Plan”.
Tyres
Check the pressure of the tyres routinely at an interval
of no more than 4 weeks: if the pressure is too low, consumption levels increase as resistance to rolling is higher.
Unnecessary loads
Do not travel with an overloaded bonnet. The weight of
the vehicle (especially when driving in town) and its geometry greatly affect fuel consumption and stability.
Roof rack/ski rack
Remove the roof rack or the ski rack from the roof after
use. These accessories decrease aerodynamic penetration of the vehicle and have a negative effect on fuel consumption. It is better to use a trailer, particularly for
transporting bulky objects.
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 147
Electric devices
Unnecessary actions
Use electric devices only for the amount of time needed.
Rear heated window, additional headlights, windscreen
wipers and heater fan need a considerable amount of energy, therefore increasing the requirement of current increases fuel consumption (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
Avoid revving up when starting at traffic lights or before
stopping the engine. The latter action, like doubling the
clutch, is unnecessary and causes increase of consumption
and pollution.
Gear selection
Climate control
The air conditioner is an additional load which greatly affects the engine leading to higher consumption (on average up to +20%). When the temperature outside the car
permits it, use the air vents where possible.
Use a higher gear as soon as traffic and road conditions allow. Using a low gear for faster acceleration will increase
consumption. In the same way improper use of a high gear
increases consumption, emissions an engine wear.
Top speed
Spoilers
The use of non-certified aerodynamic items may adversely affect air drag and consumption levels.
Fuel consumption considerably increases as speed increases. Keep your speed as even as possible, avoiding unnecessary braking and acceleration, which cause excessive
fuel consumption and increased emissions.
DRIVING STYLE
Acceleration
Starting
Accelerating violently increasing the revs will greatly affect
consumption and emissions: acceleration should be gradual
and should not exceed the maximum torque.
Do not warm the engine with the vehicle at a standstill
or at idle or high speed: under these conditions the engine
warms up much more slowly, increasing consumption and
emissions. It is therefore advisable to move off immediately, slowly, avoiding high speeds. This way the engine will
warm faster.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
147
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
148
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 148
CONDITIONS OF USE
Cold starting
Short distances and frequent cold start-ups will prevent the
engine from reaching optimal running temperature. Consequently, both consumption (from +15 to +30% on urban
cycle ) and emissions will increase.
Traffic and road conditions
Rather high consumption is caused by heavy traffic, for
instance when travelling in a queue with frequent use of
low gears or in cities with many traffic lights. Mountain and
rough roads also have a negative effect on consumption.
Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (e.g. level crossings) the engine
should be switched off.
TOWING TRAILERS
IMPORTANT NOTES
The vehicle must be provided with a type-approved tow
hook and adequate electrical system to tow caravans or
trailers. Installation must be performed by specialised personnel who will issue the required papers for travelling on
roads.
Install any specific and/or additional rearview mirrors as
specified by the Highway Code.
Remember that when towing a trailer, steep hills are harder to climb, the braking spaces increase and overtaking
takes longer depending on the overall weight.
Engage a low gear when driving downhill, rather than constantly using the brake.
The weight of the trailer on the vehicle tow hitch will reduce the loading capacity of the vehicle by the same
amount. Consider the weight of the vehicle fully laden,
including accessories and luggage to make sure you do not
exceed the maximum towable weight (shown on the log
book).
Respect the speed limits specific for each country for vehicles towing trailers. In all cases, the top speed must not
exceed 100 km/h.
Fit a suitable towing stabiliser to the trailer to be towed.
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 149
WARNING
The ABS device with which the vehicle
may be equipped will not control the braking system of the trailer. Particular caution is required on slippery roads.
WARNING
the vehicle. For the electrical connection, 7 or 13 pin
12VDC connection is to be used (CUNA/UNI and ISO/
DIN Standards). Follow the instructions provided by the
vehicle manufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufacturer.
An electric brake or other device should be supplied directly by the battery through a cable with a cross section
of no less than 2.5 mm2.
IMPORTANT Electric brake or other device shall be used
with running engine.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Never modify the braking system of the vehicle to control the trailer brake. The trailer braking system must be fully independent from
the hydraulic system of the vehicle.
In addition to the electrical branches, the vehicle electric
system can only be connected to the supply cable for an
electric brake and to the cable for an internal light, though
not above 15 W. For connections use the preset control
unit with battery cable no less than 2.5 mm2.
INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK
IMPORTANT The trailer tow hook contributes to the
length of the vehicle. When installing on long wheelbase
versions, it is only possible to install removable tow hooks
because the total vehicle length limit of 6 metres is exceeded.
IN AN EMERGENCY
If no trailer is fitted, the hook must be removed from the
attachment base and it must not exceed the vehicle’s original length.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
IMPORTANT If you wish to leave the tow hook fitted
without towing a trailer, it is advisable to contact a Fiat
Dealership for the relevant system update operations because the tow hook could be detected as an obstacle by
the central sensors.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
The towing device should be fastened to the body by specialised personnel according to any additional and/or integrative information supplied by the Manufacturer of the device. The towing device must meet current regulations with
reference to 94/20/EC Directive and subsequent amendments. For any version the towing device used must match
the towable weight of the vehicle on which it is to be installed. For the electric connection a standard connector
should be used which is generally placed on a special bracket normally fastened to the towing device, and a special
ECU for external trailer light control must be installed on
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
INDEX
149
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 150
Installation diagram for Van
versions fig. 150
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The tow hook structure must be fastened in the points shown by the symbol Ø using a total of 6 M10×1.25
screws and 4 M12 screws.
M12
SAFETY
Existing hole
The internal back plates are to be at
least 5 mm thick.
laden
M12
Existing hole
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
MAX LOAD ON BALL: 100/120 kg according to the payload (see “Weights”
table in the “Technical data” section).
M10 (3x)
Existing nut
Standard ball
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
To install a tow hook, the bumpers
must be trimmed as described in the
supplier’s installation kit.
M10 (3x)
Existing nut
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
150
M12
Existing hole
fig. 150
WARNING
After fitting, the screw
holes must be sealed to
prevent exhaust gas leaks.
F0N0189m
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 151
Existing hole
laden
Existing hole
Installation diagram for Truck
and Chassis Cab versions
– fig. 151
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Another tow hook specific to Truck
and Chassis Cab versions is shown in
fig. 151.
The structure Ø must be fastened in
the points shown using a total of 6
M10×1.25 screws and 4 M12 screws.
SAFETY
MAX LOAD ON BALL: 100/120 kg according to the payload (see “Weights”
table in the “Technical data” section).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
After fitting, screw holes
shall be sealed to prevent
exhaust gas inlets.
Existing hole
Standard ball
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 151
F0N0250m
151
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 152
SNOW TYRES
SNOW CHAINS
Fiat Dealership will be happy to provide advice concerning the most suitable type of tyres for the customer’s requirements. The performance of these tyres is considerably reduced when the tread depth is less than 4 mm.
Replace them in this case. Due to their specific features,
the performance of snow tyres is much lower than that
of normal types in normal conditions or long motorway
stretches. Limit performance according to the use for
which they were approved.
The use of snow chains should be in compliance with
local regulations. The snow chains may be applied only
onto the front wheel tyres (drive wheels). Use of Lineaccessori Fiat snow chains is recommended. Check the
tension of the snow chains after the first few metres have
been driven.
IMPORTANT When snow tyres are used with a max
speed index below the one that can be reached by the
vehicle (increased by 5%), place a notice in the passenger
compartment, plainly in view, which states the max permissible speed of the snow tyres (as per EC Directive).
All four tyres should be the same (brand and track) to ensure greater safety when driving and braking and better driveability. Remember that it is inappropriate to change the
rotation direction of tyres.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
WARNING
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
152
The max speed for snow tyres with “Q”
marking is 160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres
with “T” marking and 210 km/h for tyres with “H”
marking. The Road Traffic Code speed limits
must however be always strictly observed.
IMPORTANT With snow chains, use the accelerator with
extreme care to prevent or to limit as much as possible
slipping of the driving wheels that could cause chain breaking resulting in damages to the car body or mechanical
components.
IMPORTANT Use low-dimensions snow chains.
WARNING
Keep your speed down when snow chains
are fitted. Do not exceed 50 km/h. Avoid
potholes, steps and pavements and also
avoid driving long distances on roads not
covered with snow in order to prevent
damaging the vehicle and the roadbed.
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 153
If the vehicle needs to be off the road for longer than one
month, the following precautions must be taken:
❒ cover the vehicle with a piece of fabric or perforated
plastic sheet. Do not use compact plastic tarpaulins,
which prevent humidity from evaporating from the surface of the vehicle;
❒ park the vehicle indoors in a dry and, possibly, well-ventilated place;
❒ inflate tyres to a pressure of +0.5 bar above the normal specified pressure and check it at intervals;
❒ engage a gear;
❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery from the electric system, check its charge every month and recharge it if the
optical indicator shows a dark colour without the central green area;
LONG VEHICLE INACTIVITY
❒ check that the handbrake is not engaged;
❒ disconnect the negative battery terminal and check battery charge. Repeat this check once every three months
during storage. Recharge if the optical indicator shows
a dark colour without the central green area (see “Battery recharging” in the section “Dashboard and controls”); If the vehicle is equipped with a battery disconnection function (disconnector), see the description of
the procedure in the “Controls” paragraph in the
“Dashboard and controls” section;
❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
IMPORTANT If the vehicle is equipped with an alarm,
switch off the vehicle alarm with the remote control.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ clean and protect the painted parts using protective
wax;
❒ clean and protect the shiny metal parts using special
compounds readily available;
❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber windscreen and
rear window wiper blades and lift them off the glass;
❒ slightly open the windows;
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
153
141-154 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:52
Pagina 154
page intentionally left blank
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 155
WARNING LIGHTS AND MESSAGES
WARNING LIGHTS AND MESSAGES
GENERAL WARNINGS
Lighting of a warning light is associated to a specific message and/or buzzer when applicable. These indications are
brief and precautionary and as such must not be considered as exhaustive and/or alternative to the information
contained in the Owner Handbook, which you are recommended to read carefully in all cases. Always refer to
the information in this chapter in the event of a failure
indication.
IMPORTANT Failure indications displayed are divided into two categories: very serious and less serious failures.
Serious faults have a repeated signals cycle for a long time.
Less serious faults have a signal cycle for a shorter time.
Press MODE to stop the warning cycle in both cases.
The warning light on the instrument panel will stay on
until the cause of the fault is eliminated.
For messages relevant to the versions equipped with Dualogic gearbox, see the attached Supplement.
x
LOW BRAKE FLUID LEVEL (red)
HANDBRAKE ON (red)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
When the key is turned to the MAR position the warning light comes on but should go out after a few seconds.
Low brake fluid level
The warning light comes on when the level of the brake
fluid in the reservoir falls below the minimum level due to
a possible leak in the circuit.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
WARNING
If the warning light x turns on when trav-
elling (on certain versions together with
the message on the display) stop the car immediately and contact Fiat Dealership.
Handbrake on
The warning light turns on when the handbrake is on.
On certain versions, if the vehicle is moving the buzzer will
also sound.
IMPORTANT If the warning light turns on when travelling, check that the handbrake is not engaged.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
155
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
¬
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 156
AIRBAG FAILURE (red)
When the key is turned to the MAR position the warning
light comes on but should go out after a few seconds.
The warning light stays on constantly if there is a failure
in the air bag system.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
WARNING
If when turning the key to MAR the warning light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays
on when travelling (together with the message on
the multifunction display, where provided) there
could be a failure in safety systems; in this event
air bags or pretensioners may not be deployed in
case of impact or, in a minor number of cases, they
be deployed accidentally. Contact a Fiat Dealership immediately to have the system checked.
ç
HOT ENGINE COOLANT (red)
When the key is turned to the MAR position the warning light comes on but should go out after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the engine is overheated.
156
If the warning light comes on, proceed as follows:
❒ normal driving conditions: stop the car, switch off the
engine and check whether the water level in the reservoir is not below the MIN mark. In this case, wait for
a few minutes for the engine to cool down, then slowly and carefully open the cap, top-up with coolant and
check that the level is between the MIN and MAX references on the vessel itself Also check for fluid leaks.
Contact a Fiat Dealershipa Fiat Dealership if the warning should come on when the engine is started again;
❒ vehicle heavy duty (e.g.: towing trailer uphill of fully laden
car): decrease speed and if the warning light stays on,
stop the vehicle. Stand for 2 or 3 minutes with the engine running and slightly accelerated to promote a better circulation of coolant. Then stop the engine. Check
correct liquid level as described above.
IMPORTANT Over demanding routes, it is advisable to
keep the engine on and slightly accelerated for a few minutes before switching it off.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
w
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 157
LOW BATTERY CHARGE (red)
The warning light comes on when the ignition key is turned
to MAR, but it should go out as soon as the engine has
started (with the engine running at idle speed a brief
delay before going out is acceptable).
Exhausted oil
The warning light turns on and flashes along with the message on the display when the system detects that the engine oil is exhausted.
After the first indication, at each engine starting the warning light v will go on flashing for about 60 seconds and
then every 2 hours until oil is changed.
If the warning light stays on glowing steadily or flashing:
contact immediately Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (red)
v EXHAUSTED OIL (red)
(for versions/markets where provided)
If warning light v flashes, contact Fiat
Dealership as soon as possible to have oil
changed and instrument panel warning light
turned off.
Low engine oil pressure
When the key is turned to MAR the warning light comes
on, but should go out as soon as the engine is started.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
WARNING
If the warning light v turns on when the
car is travelling (on certain versions together with the message on the display) stop the
engine immediately and contact a Fiat Dealership.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
´
INCOMPLETE DOOR/LOAD
COMPARTMENT CLOSURE (red)
On certain versions the warning light turns on when one
or more doors or the tailgate are not properly closed.
On some versions, the display shows a dedicated message
that indicates left/right front door or rear/load compartment door opening.
A buzzer will sound when doors/tailgate are open and
the vehicle is moving.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
157
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
<
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 158
SEAT BELT NOT FASTENED (red)
The warning light on the display will light up when the
vehicle is moving and the driver’s seat belt is not correctly
fastened. The warning light will blink and a buzzer will
sound if the front seat belts are not correctly fastened.
The buzzer of the S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) system may
only be switched off by a Fiat Dealership. On some versions the system may be reactivated from the setup menu.
U
INJECTION SYSTEM
FAILURE (amber)
In normal conditions, when the ignition key is moved to
MAR, the warning light turns on and should go off after
engine start-up.
If the warning light stays on or turns on when travelling,
means a fault in the supply/ignition system which could
cause high emissions at the exhaust, possible lack of performance, poor handling and high consumption levels.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
158
x >
INEFFICIENT EBD
ELECTRONIC BRAKING
DISTRIBUTOR (red)
(amber)
Warning lights x and > lit at the same time with the
engine running, indicates an EBD system failure or that the
system is not available. Early locking of the rear wheels
may occur in the event of violent braking causing the car
to swerve. Drive very carefully to a Fiat Dealership to have
the system inspected.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
In these conditions, you may continue travelling at moderate speed without demanding excessive effort from the
engine. Contact a Fiat Dealershipa Fiat Dealership as soon
as possible.
F
FRONT PASSENGER’S AIR BAG
DEACTIVATED (amber)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
Warning light F comes on when front passenger’s air
bag is deactivated.
With front passenger air bag on, when the ignition key is
turned to MAR the F warning light comes on constantly for about 4 seconds, flashes for another 4 seconds and
then should go out.
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 159
WARNING
Warning light F indicates failure of warn-
ing light ¬. This condition is indicated by
intermittent blinking of warning light “ for longer
than 4 seconds. In this case, warning light ¬may
not indicate fault to the system. Contact a Fiat
Dealership immediately to have the system
checked.
>
ç
FUEL RESERVE (amber)
This warning light comes on when the ignition key is turned
to MAR, but it should go off after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on when about 10 to 12 litres of
fuel are left in the tank (depending on the version).
IMPORTANT The warning light will blink to indicate a system failure. If this is the case, contact a Fiat Dealership to
have the system checked.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
ABS SYSTEM FAILURE (amber)
When the key is turned to the MAR position the warning
light comes on but should go out after a few seconds.
The warning light will light up when the system is either
not working or not available. Under these circumstances
the braking system will work as normal without the extra
performance offered by the ABS system. Drive carefully
and contact a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
m
GLOW PLUG WARMING
(Multijet versions – amber)
GLOW PLUG HEATING FAILURE
(Multijet versions – amber)
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
Glow plugs
This warning light comes on when the key is turned to
MAR. It will go out as soon as the heater plugs have
reached a preset temperature. Start the engine as soon as
the warning light goes out.
IMPORTANT At high ambient temperatures the warning light stays on for an extremely short time.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Glow plug warming failure
The warning light flashes if there is a fault in the preheating system. Contact a Fiat Dealershipa Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
INDEX
159
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
160
c
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 160
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER
(Multijet versions – amber)
❒ a possible failure (see “Fiat Code system” in section
“Dashboard and controls”);
❒ a possible theft attempt with an alarm; in this case the
warning light goes off after approximately 10 seconds.
When the key is turned to the MAR position the warning light comes on but should go out after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on when there is water in the
diesel fuel filter.
If with the engine running the warning light Y flashes, the
vehicle is not protected by the engine inhibitor device (see
“Fiat Code system” in section “Dashboard and controls”).
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
Contact Fiat Dealership to have all the key stored.
The presence of water in the feeding circuit may cause severe damage to the injection system and irregular engine operation. If warning light c lights up (on some versions
with the message on the display), contact a Fiat
Dealership as soon as possible to have the system
bled. If the above indications come on immediately after refuelling, water has probably been poured
into the tank: turn the engine off immediately and
contact Fiat Dealership.
W
EXTERNAL LIGHT FAILURE
(amber)
The warning light will come on (some versions only) when
a fault to one of the following lights is detected:
– side lights
– brake lights
– rear fog lights
– direction indicators.
Y
VEHICLE PROTECTION SYSTEM
FAILURE – FIAT CODE (amber)
Turning the key to MAR the warning light shall flash only
once and then go off.
If with the ignition key on MAR, the warning light stays on,
this indicates:
The failure referring to these lights could be: one or more
blown bulbs, a blown protection fuse or an electric connection cut-off.
On some versions the display shows the dedicated message.
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
4
è
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 161
REAR FOG LIGHTS (amber)
The warning light comes on when the rear fog
lights are turned on.
GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION
(amber)
The warning light turns on in the following circumstances.
Engine oil pressure sensor failure
The warning light turns on when failure is detected in engine oil pressure sensor. Contact a Fiat Dealershipa Fiat
Dealership to have the fault fixed as soon as possible.
Fuel cut-off switch tripped
The warning light comes on when the inertial fuel cut-off
switch is triggered.
The display will show the dedicated message.
PARTICULATE TRAP BLOCKED
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
h
The warning light turns on when the diesel particulate filter is clogged and the driving conditions do not enable
to activate automatically the reclaiming procedure.
To allow the regeneration cycle to take place, keep the
vehicle running until the warning light turns off.
The display will show a dedicated message.
á
ESP – ASR SYSTEM FAILURE
(amber)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
HILL HOLDER FAILURE (amber)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
When the key is turned to the MAR position the warning light comes on but should go out after a few seconds.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
Parking sensor fault
(versions with multifunction display)
The warning light comes on when a rain sensor failure is
detected. Contact a Fiat Dealershipa Fiat Dealership.
The display shows the dedicated message.
ESP-ASR system failure
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
If the warning light does not go off or stays on together
with the LED on the ASR button when travelling, contact
a Fiat Dealership.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Rain sensor fault
(versions with multifunction display)
NOTE Warning light flashing when driving indicates that
the ESP system is active.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
INDEX
See what described for warning light t.
161
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 162
Hill Holder failure
The warning light turns on to indicate a Hill holder system
failure. In this case, contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
3
SIDE/TAIL LIGHTS
AND LOW BEAMS (green)
FOLLOW ME HOME (green)
Side/tail lights and low beams
The warning light comes on when side/tail lights or low
beams are turned on.
d
WORN BRAKE PADS
(amber)
The warning light on the dial turns on if the front brake
pads are worn; in this case have them changed as soon
as possible.
Follow me home
The warning light will turn on when this device is active
(see “Follow me home” in section “Dashboard and controls”).
The display will show a dedicated message.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
t
PARKING SENSOR FAILURE (amber)
(for versions/markets, where provided)
The warning light turns on when failure is detected in parking sensors.
On certain versions warning light è turns on as an alternative.
Contact the Fiat Dealership.
INDEX
162
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
5
FRONT FOG LIGHTS (green)
F
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR
(green – blinking)
The warning light turns on when the front fog
lights are turned on.
The warning light turns on when the direction indicator
control lever is moved downwards or, together with the
right indicator, when the hazard warning light button is
pressed.
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 163
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION
INDICATOR (green – blinking)
The warning light flashes when the ASR cuts in to notify
the driver that the system is adapting to the road surface
grip conditions.
The warning light turns on when the direction indicator
control lever is moved upwards or, together with the left
indicator, when the hazard light button is pressed.
Activation of the warning light together with the message
shown on the display and a buzzer also indicate ASR system failure. Contact a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible
in this case.
D
Ü
CRUISE CONTROL
(where provided) (green)
When the key is turned to the MAR position the warning light comes on but should go out after a few seconds.
The warning light is lit up on the display by rotating the
Cruise Control selector wheel to ON. On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
1
V
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS (blue)
The warning light comes on when the main
beams are turned on.
ASR system (where provided)
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the warning light on the
dial turns on, but it should go off after a few seconds. the
led on the ASR button comes on when the system is
turned off.
The messages shown on the display appear when the ASR
function is activated/deactivated manually (see “ASR System” in the section on “Dashboard and controls”).
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
In versions with an ASR system only, when it is turned
off (ASR OFF) the warning light stays on.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
g
POWER STEERING FAILURE (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the warning light on the
dial turns on, but it should go off after a few seconds.
If the warning light stays on together with the message
shown on the display and a buzzer, the power steering is
ineffective and the effort on the steering wheel increases
significantly even through the vehicle can be steered. Contact a Fiat Dealershipa Fiat Dealership.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
163
155-164 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
õ
12-02-2010
8:53
Pagina 164
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
(for versions/markets where provided)
This warning light comes on at the scheduled service warnings and stays on with a fixed light when the deadline is
reached. The warning light goes off after the service has
been carried out at a Fiat Dealership or once 1000 km
have been covered at the service deadline.
Œ
SELF-LEVELLING SUSPENSION
FAILURE (red)
(for versions/markets where provided)
This warning light comes on when the ignition key is
turned to MAR, but it should go off after a few seconds.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
164
POSSIBLE ICE ON ROAD
This indication starts flashing when the outside temperature reaches or falls below 3°C to warn the driver of the
possible presence of ice on the road.
The display will show the dedicated message (only for versions with a multifunction display).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
The warning light on the dial comes on steady (along with
the display of the message and a buzzer) to indicate that
the automatic transmission oil temperature is too high.
The warning light goes on when a fault is present in the
self-levelling suspension system.
t
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FAILURE/MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION
OIL TEMPERATURE (red)
(for versions/markets where provided)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the warning light on the
dial turns on, but it should go off after a few seconds.
The warning light on the dial comes on blinking (along with
the display of the message and a buzzer) when a transmission failure is detected.
LIMITED RANGE
(versions with multifunction display)
The display will show the dedicated message to warn the
driver that the cruising range is less than 50 km.
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
The display shows the dedicated message when the vehicle exceeds the set speed limit (see “Multifunction Display” in section “Dashboard and controls”).
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 165
IN AN EMERGENCY
In an emergency we recommend that you call the toll-free number found on the Warranty Booklet. You will go
to our web site at www.fiat.com to find the Fiat Dealership nearest to you.
STARTING THE ENGINE
SAFETY
WARNING
EMERGENCY STARTING
contact a Fiat Dealership immediately if instrument panel
warning light Y remains on constantly.
JUMP STARTING fig. 152-153
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
This procedure must be performed by expert personnel because incorrect actions
may cause electrical discharge of considerable intensity. Furthermore, battery fluid is poisonous
and corrosive: avoid contact with your skin and
eyes. Keep naked flames away from the battery.
No smoking. Do not cause sparks.
If the battery is flat, the engine may be started using an auxiliary battery with the same capacity or a little higher than
the flat one. It is advisable to contact a Fiat Dealership to
check/ replace the battery.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 152
F0N0075m
fig. 153
F0N0076m
165
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 166
Proceed as follows to start the car:
REPLACING A WHEEL
❒ raise the flap A to gain access to the battery positive
terminal fig. 152.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
❒ connect the positive terminals (+ sign near terminal) of
both batteries using a lead;
❒ connect a second cable to the negative terminal (–) of
the auxiliary battery to the earth point as shown in
fig. 153;
❒ start the engine;
❒ when the engine has been started, follow the sequence
above in reverse order to remove the leads.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
If after a few attempts the engine does not start, do not
insist but contact the nearest Fiat Dealership.
IN AN EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect the negative terminals
of the two batteries: sparks could ignite the flammable gas from
the battery. If the auxiliary battery is installed on another vehicle, avoid any metal parts on the latter and the vehicle with
the flat battery from accidentally coming into contact.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
166
BUMP STARTING
Never bump start the engine by pushing, towing or driving
downhill. This could cause a flow of fuel into the catalytic
converter and damage it beyond repair.
IMPORTANT Remember that the brake servo and the
power steering system are not activated until the engine
is started, a greater effort will therefore be required to
press the brake pedal or turn the steering wheel.
Wheel changing and correct use of the jack and spare
wheel (for versions/markets, where provided) call for some
precautions as listed below.
WARNING
Indicate that the vehicle is stationary according to the regulations in force: emergency lights, refracting warning triangle, etc. Passengers should leave the vehicle, particularly if it
is very loaded, and wait for the wheel to be
changed away from on-coming traffic. Apply the
handbrake.
WARNING
The spare wheel (for versions/markets,
where provided) (where provided) is specific for your vehicle. Therefore, it must not be
used on vehicles of a different model. Do not use
spare wheels of different models on your vehicle.
Wheel bolts are specific to your vehicle: do not
use them on other models and do not use bolts
of other models.
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 167
WARNING
Repair and refit the standard wheel as
soon as possible. Do not apply grease to
the bolt threading before assembly: they might
come unscrewed.
Important notes:
❒ the jack weight is 4.5 kg;
❒ the jack requires no adjustment;
❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If it breaks it must be replaced with a new jack;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
❒ no tool other than its cranking device may be fitted on
the jack.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING
The jack may only be used to replace
wheels on the car which it equips or other cars of the same model. Never use the jack for
other purposes, such as lifting other car models.
Never use the jack to carry out repairs under the
vehicle. Incorrect positioning of the jack may
cause the lifted vehicle to fall. Do not use the jack
for loads higher than those shown on the label.
WARNING
Never tamper with the inflation valve.
Never introduce tools of any kind between
rim and tyre. Check tyre and spare wheel pressure
regularly referring to the values shown in the
“Technical Specifications” section.
WARNING
No tools other than the crank provided
should be used with the spare wheel lifting device; it should be operated by hand, only.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
To change a wheel proceed as follows:
❒ stop the vehicle in a position so that it is not a danger
for on-coming traffic in a location where you can replace the wheel safely. The ground must be flat and
compact;
❒ turn the engine off and pull up the handbrake;
❒ engage first gear or reverse;
❒ wear the reflecting safety jacket (compulsory by law in
certain countries) before getting out of the vehicle;
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
167
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 168
❒ indicate that the vehicle has broken down using the devices required by the regulations in the current country (e.g. warning triangle, hazard lights etc.);
❒ take the extension arm and the wrench from the tool
kit under the passenger seat (see “Compartment under
front passenger seat” in the “Dashboard and Controls”
section);
❒ for versions with alloy rims, remove the press-fitted hub
cap;
❒ back off the bolts on the wheel to be replaced by one
turn;
❒ turn the wheel to extend the jack partly;
❒ arrange the jack near the lift support closest to the
wheel to be replaced at the points shown in fig. 154. For
short wheelbase versions with retractable footboard,
the jack must be positioned at the lift point shown in
fig. 155 aligned (45°) so that it does not interfere with
the retractable footboard;
❒ warn anybody nearby that the vehicle is about to be lifted. They must stay clear and not touch the vehicle until
it is back on the ground. Lift the vehicle.
fig. 155
F0N0194m
fig. 156
F0N0390m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
168
fig. 154
F0N0193m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 169
After lifting the vehicle:
❒ for all versions, when gaining access through the vehicle’s right rear wheel arch fig. 156, adjust the screw
for the wheel retaining device, using the spanner provided with the extension/adaptor A-fig. 157;
WARNING
The device should only be operated by
hand, without using any type of tool other than the crank provided like pneumatic or electrical screwers.
SAFETY
❒ introduce the wheel wrench and turn anti-clockwise to
allow the lowering of the spare wheel;
❒ continue turning anti-clockwise until the stop point, signaled by the hardening of the manoeuvre or a click from
the clutch present in the device.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
❒ use the wheel dismantling spanner to remove the wheel
from the vehicle fig. 158;
❒ undo the retaining knob D-fig. 159 and release the
wheel releasing the support E.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
A
INDEX
fig. 157
F0N0391m
fig. 158
F0N0165m
169
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 170
Even the moving components of the jack (screws and
joints) can cause injuries: avoid to touch them. If you come
into contact with lubricating grease, clean yourself thoroughly;
❒ fully unscrew the bolts using wrench F-fig. 160 and
remove the wheel;
❒ fit the spare wheel, aligning holes G-fig. 161 with the
pins H. When fitting the spare wheel, ensure that the
wheel support surfaces are clean and free of impurities that could later cause the bolts to loosen;
After tyre replacement:
❒ take the removed wheel, re-attach to the mount
E-fig. 159 and tighten the knob D-fig. 159;
❒ introduce the wheel wrench on the screw fig. 156-157
and turn it clockwise to allow the spare wheel to be
raised until it is resting completely on the housing
under the floor pan.
❒ tighten the 5 fastening bolts;
❒ use the wheel removal wrench to lower the vehicle and
remove the jack;
❒ fully tighten the bolts, passing alternately from one bolt
to the opposite one, following the order illustrated in
fig. 161.
fig. 160
F0N0167m
fig. 161
F0N0168m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
170
fig. 159
F0N0370m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 171
WARNING
At the end of the operation of raising/
locking the spare wheel, the key must be
extracted, taking care not to turn it in the wrong
direction when trying to facilitate the extraction
of the actual key, to prevent the attachment device from being released and the wheel assembly
not being securely retained fig. 162.
For vehicles with allow rims, proceed as follows:
– refit the wheel to the mount and turn to the end of the
slot (as shown in fig. 164) and tighten the knob D-fig. 164;
– introduce the wheel removal wrench on the screw fig.
156 and turn it clockwise to allow the spare wheel to be
raised.
❒ Check that it is correctly positioned in the dedicated
housing under the floor pan (the lifting system has an
end of travel clutch which, if incorrectly positioned, will
be unsafe);
❒ place the removal spanner back in the tool box;
❒ place the tool box in its housing under the passenger seat.
– take the kit from the tool box;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
– fit plate A-fig. 163 to the alloy wheel, securing with
screws B-fig. 163 provided with the wrench;
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 162
F0N0223m
fig. 163
F0N0251m
171
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 172
WARNING
Each time the spare wheel is moved, check
that it is correctly positioned in its housing under the floor. If it is not correctly positioned,
this could adversely affect safety.
SAFETY
QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT
– Automatic FIX & GO
(for versions/markets, where provided)
The automatic tyre Fix & Go repair kit is positioned at the
front of the vehicle passenger compartment and includes:
❒ bottle A containing sealer and fitted with:
– a transparent filler pipe B;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
– a black pressure restore pipe E;
– an adhesive label C with the message “max. 80 km/h”
to be apply in a position clearly visible by the driver
(on the dashboard) after repairing the tyre;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ informative leaflet (see fig. 166), used to ensure the correct use of the quick tyre repair kit and then given to
the personnel who will handle the treated tyre;
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E
INDEX
172
fig. 164
F0N0371m
fig. 165
F0N0825m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 173
❒ a compressor D – fig. 166 complete with pressure gauge
and fittings, located in the space;
❒ adapters for inflating various elements;
❒ protective gloves.
WARNING
The kit cannot be used to repair damage to
the tyre sidewall. Do not use the fast repair
kit if the tyre is damaged as the vehicle has run on
a flat tyre.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
Hand the leaflet over to the staff who
have to manage the tyre treated using the
tyre repair kit.
In the case of a puncture, caused by a foreign body, tyres that have suffered damage
up to a maximum diameter of 4 mm on the
tread or the shoulder can be repaired.
WARNING
If the wheel rim is damaged (the channel
is so deformed as to cause air leakage) it
cannot be repaired. Do not remove the foreign
body (screw or nail) from the tyre.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION:
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair kit is effective with
external temperatures between −20°C and +50°C.
The sealing fluid will expire.
WARNING
Do not operate the compressor for longer
than 20 consecutive minutes. Risk of overheating. The quick repair kit is not suitable for
a definitive repair. Tyres may only be repaired
temporarily.
fig. 166
F0N0178m
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
173
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 174
WARNING
The cylinder contains ethylene glycol.
Contains latex: may cause an allergic reaction. Harmful if swallowed. Irritant for the eye.
May cause sensitisation by inhalation or contact.
Avoid contact with your eyes, skin and clothes.
In the event of contact, wash immediately with
plenty of water. Do not induce vomit if swallowed.
Rinse your mouth and drink plenty of water. Call
a doctor immediately. Keep away from children.
The product must not be used by asthmatics. Do
not breath in the vapours during insertion and suction. Call a doctor immediately if allergic reactions are noted. Store the cylinder in the specific
compartment, away from sources of heat. The
sealant fluid has an expiry date.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
INFLATION PROCEDURE
WARNING
Put on the protection gloves provided
together with quick tyre repair kit.
❒ Apply the handbrake. Unscrew the tyre valve cap, take
out the transparent filler pipe A-fig. 167 and tighten
the ring nut B on the tyre valve;
❒ insert the pin E-fig. 169 in the nearest 12 V current socket and start the engine. Turn the selector D-fig. 168
anti-clockwise to the repair position. Activate the kit by
pressing the on/off switch. Inflate the tyre to the pressure prescribed in the “Inflation pressure” paragraph,
in the “Technical Specifications” section;
Replace the canister containing out of date
sealant fluid. Dispose of the cylinder and
the sealant liquid properly. Dispose according to the national and local regulations in
force.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
174
fig. 167
F0N0826m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 175
For a more accurate reading, it is advisable to check the
pressure reading on the pressure gauge F fig. 168 with
the compressor off and without moving the centre selector from the repair position;
❒ if a pressure of at least 3 bar is not reached within
10 minutes, detach the transparent filler pipe from the
valve and switch off the 12V current pin, then move
the vehicle about 10 metres forward to distribute the
sealant liquid inside the tyre and repeat the inflation
operation;
❒ if after this operation it is still not possible to reach at
least 3 bar after 10 minutes, do not start driving since
the tyre is excessively damaged and the fast tyre repair kit cannot guarantee suitable sealing. Contact the
Fiat Dealership;
❒ if the tyre reaches the pressure specified in “Inflation
pressure” paragraph in the “Technical Specifications”
section, start driving immediately;
WARNING
Apply the adhesive label in a position
clearly visible by the driver as a reminder
that the tyre has been treated with the quick repair kit. Drive carefully, particularly on bends.
Don’t exceed 80 km/h. Don’t accelerate and brake
suddenly.
❒ after driving for about 10 minutes stop and check the
tyre pressure again; pull up the handbrake;
WARNING
If the pressure falls below 3 bars, do not
drive any further: the quick tyre repair kit
Fix & Go automatic cannot guarantee proper hold
because the tyre is too much damaged. contact
a Fiat Dealership .
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 168
F0N0827m
fig. 169
F0N0182m
175
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
8:43
❒ if at least 3 bar pressure is read, restore the correct
pressure specified in the paragraph “Inflation pressure”
in the “Technical Specifications” section (with engine
running and handbrake on) and restart;
❒ drive with the utmost care to the nearest Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
Remember to inform the workshop that
the tyre has been treated with a quick repair kit. Hand the leaflet over to the staff who will
be dealing with the the tyre treated using the tyre
repair kit.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
Pagina 176
❒ Undo the cap for the tyre valve, extract the black pipe
C-fig. 170 and tighten the ring nut on the tyre valve.
❒ Insert the pin in the nearest 12 V current socket and
start the engine.
❒ Rotate the selector clockwise to the pressure renewal position.
❒ Activate the kit by pressing the on/off switch. Inflate the
tyre to the pressure specified in the “Inflation pressure”
paragraph, in the “Technical Specifications” section.
NOTE If the tyre has to be deflated, press the dedicated
button B illustrated in fig. 171.
For a more accurate reading, it is advisable to check the
pressure reading on the pressure gauge with the compressor off and without moving the centre selector from
the repair position.
WARNING
If different tyres from the ones supplied
with the vehicle are used, the repair cannot be carried out. If the tyres are replaced, it is
advisable to use those approved by the manufacturer. contact a Fiat Dealership .
FOR CHECKING AND RESTORING
PRESSURE ONLY
The compressor may also be used for restoring pressure
only.
❒ Engage the handbrake.
176
fig. 170
F0N0828m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 177
To replace the cylinder, proceed as follows:
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE
A BULB
❒ press button A – fig. 172 to release the replacement
part;
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
CYLINDER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
❒ fit the new cylinder and press until it is automatically
engaged.
B
❒ When a light is not working, check that the corresponding fuse is intact before changing a bulb. For the
location of fuses, refer to the paragraph “If a fuse blows”
in this section;
❒ before changing a bulb check the contacts for oxidation;
❒ burnt bulbs must be replaced by others of the same type
and power;
❒ always check the height of the headlight beam after
changing a bulb.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 171
F0N0830m
Halogen lamps must be handled holding
the metallic part only. Touching the transparent part of the bulb with your fingers
may reduce the intensity of the emitted light and
even compromise duration of the bulb itself. In the
event of accidental contact, rub the bulb with a cloth
dampened with alcohol and let it dry.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 172
F0N0829m
177
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 178
WARNING
Changes or repairs to the electrical system (electric control units) carried out incorrectly and without due consideration for the
technical specifications of the system can lead to
malfunctioning and generate a fire hazard.
C
Tubular bulbs: release them from their contacts to
remove.
D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb, release the clip
holding the bulb in place.
WARNING
Halogen lamps contain gas under pressure. Their breaking can cause scattering
of glass fragments.
IMPORTANT A slight misting may appear on the internal
surface of the headlight: this does not indicate a fault and
is caused by low temperature and the degree of humidity
in the air. Misting will rapidly disappear when the headlights
are switched on. The presence of drop inside the headlights
indicates infiltration of water. Contact a Fiat Dealership .
TYPES OF BULBS fig. 173
Various types of bulbs are fitted to your vehicle.
A Glass bulbs: clipped into position. Pull to extract them.
INDEX
178
B Bayonet type bulbs: to remove this type of bulb from
its holder, press the bulb and turn it counter-clockwise.
fig. 173
F0N0078m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Bulbs
Pagina 179
Rif. fig. 173
Type
Power
Main beam headlamps
D
H1
55 W
Dipped headlamps
D
H7
55 W
Front side lights
A
W5W
5W
Front fog lights (where provided)
–
H1
55 W
Front direction indicators
B
PY21W
21 W
Side turn signal indicators
A
W16WF(*)/WY5W(▼)
16 W(*)/5 W(▼)
Rear direction indicators
B
PY21W
21 W
Side marker lights
A
W5W
5W
Side/taillights
B
P21/5W
5W
Brake lights
B
P21/5W
5W
Third brake light (additional brake light)
B
P21W
21W
Reversing lights
–
P21W
21 W
Rear fog lights
–
P21W
21 W
Rear fog lights (Heavy van)
–
P21W
21 W
Number plate lights
A
C5W
5W
Front ceiling light with movable lens
C
12V10W
10 W
Rear ceiling light
C
12V10W
10 W
(*) XL and recreational versions
(▼) all other versions
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
179
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 180
REPLACING EXTERIOR BULBS
To replace the dipped beam/side light bulb, remove plug
B-fig. 175.
For the type of bulb and power rating, see “When needing to change a bulb”.
To replace the direction indicator bulb, remove bulb holder C-fig. 175.
FRONT LIGHT CLUSTERS fig. 174
After replacement, refit the covers correctly, ensuring that
they are locked in place.
The front light clusters contain side lights, dipped beam,
main beam and direction indicator bulbs.
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
A direction indicators
❒ remove protection cover B-fig. 175 by turning anticlockwise;
B side lights/dipped beams (double light)
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
SIDE LIGHTS fig. 176
The bulbs are arranged inside the light cluster as follows:
C main beam headlights
To replace the main beam bulb, remove cap A-fig. 175.
❒ remove snap-fitted bulb holder A, remove the bulb B
and replace it;
❒ refit the snap-fitted bulb holder A;
❒ refit protective cover/bulb holder B-fig. 175 by turning
it clockwise and locking it properly.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
180
fig. 174
F0N0079m
fig. 175
F0N0080m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 181
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
DIRECTION INDICATORS
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ turn the bulb holder anticlockwise A-fig. 178 and pull
it out;
❒ remove the bulb by pushing it slightly and turning it in
an anticlockwise direction (bayonet mount);
❒ remove protection cover A-fig. 175 by turning anticlockwise;
❒ disconnect the electric connector A-fig. 177;
❒ release the bulb holder clip B-fig. 177;
❒ remove the bulb C-fig. 177 and replace it;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
❒ fit the new bulb, ensuring that the outline of the metal
part coincides with the grooves on the curve of the
headlight. Then reconnect the bulb holder clip A and
reattach electrical connector B;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ refit protective cover/bulb holder A-fig. 175 by turning
it clockwise and locking it properly.
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 177
F0N0083m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 176
F0N0082m
fig. 178
F0N0081m
181
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 182
❒ replace the bulb;
❒ refit the bulb holder by turning it clockwise and locking it properly.
❒ refit the protective cover by turning it clockwise and
locking it properly.
DIPPED HEADLAMPS
SAFETY
With incandescent bulbs
SIDE LIGHTS fig. 180-181
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
STARTING
AND DRIVING
❒ remove protection cover B-fig. 175 by turning anticlockwise;
❒ disconnect the electric connector A-fig. 179;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ fit the new bulb, ensuring that the outline of the metal
part coincides with the grooves on the curve of the
headlight. Then reconnect the electrical connector A
and reattach the bulb holding clip B;
❒ release the bulb holder clip B-fig. 179;
❒ remove the bulb C-fig. 179 and replace it;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ move the mirror manually to access the two fixing
screws A;
❒ using a Philips screwdriver, undo the screws and extract
the bulb holder releasing it from the teeth;
❒ undo the bulb and replace bulb B by turning it in an anticlockwise direction.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
182
fig. 179
F0N0084m
fig. 180
F0N0169m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 183
FOG LIGHTS (where provided)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
To replace the front fog light bulbs A-fig. 182 proceed
as follows:
❒ steer fully to the left;
❒ open the flap on the front wheel compartment guard,
unscrewing the self-tapping screw;
SAFETY
❒ remove the bayonet cap;
❒ disconnect the connector;
❒ release the bulb holding clip;
fig. 182
F0N0339m
❒ remove the bulb and replace it;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
❒ fit the new bulb, ensuring that the outline of the metal
part coincides with the grooves on the curve of the
headlight. Then reconnect the bulb holder clip and reattach electrical connector;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ refit the bayonet cap.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 181
F0N0170m
fig. 183
F0N0086m
183
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 184
REAR LIGHT CLUSTERS fig. 183-184-185
Proceed as follows to replace a bulb:
The bulbs are arranged inside the light cluster as follows:
❒ open the rear side-hinged door and then undo the two
fastening screws A;
A brake/side lights
❒ disconnect the central electric connector B and pull the
lens unit outwards;
B direction indicators
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
C reversing lights
D rear fog lights (for Heavy Van versions, the rear fog
lights are integral with the bumpers, see paragraph
“Heavy Van rear fog lights”).
❒ unscrew the screws using the screwdriver provided C
and remove the bulb holder;
❒ remove the bulb D, E, F, G pushing it gently and turning anti-clockwise (“bayonet” clamping), then replace it;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
184
fig. 184
F0N0087m
fig. 185
F0N0088m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:43
Pagina 185
❒ refit the bulb holder and tighten the screws C;
RAR FOG LIGHTS (Heavy Van)
❒ reconnect the electric connector B, suitably refit the
unit to the car body and then tighten the fastening
screws A.
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
For truck and chassis cab versions:
Undo the four screws H-fig. 186 and replace the bulbs:
I
bulb for rear fog light (left side); bulb for reversing light
(right side).
L bulb for side light.
M bulb for brake light.
N: bulb for direction signal.
❒ take up position at the rear of the side bumper;
❒ unscrew the lower fastening A between the central and
side bumpers fig. 187;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
❒ after removing the tail-light, unscrew upper fastening
B-fig. 187;
❒ unscrew both fastenings C on the side of the rear sidehinged door and open the door slightly fig. 188;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
❒ unscrew the three side fastenings D on side panel, accessible after removing the side mounting fig. 188. To
remove the moulding, undo the three lower self-tapping screws and undo the pins with care to avoid breaking them. If you break one or more pins, they will have
to be replaced;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 186
F0N0239m
fig. 187
F0N0241m
185
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 186
❒ remove the bulb holder;
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT fig. 190-191
❒ turn bulb holder E anticlockwise (1/8 of a turn), remove
the bayonet-fitted bulb holder by pushing gently and
turning anticlockwise, then replace it fig. 189.
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
SAFETY
❒ undo both fastening screws A-fig. 190;
❒ remove the lens unit;
❒ press the tabs in the opposite direction B-fig. 191 and
remove the bulb holder;
❒ remove the snap-fitted bulb and replace it.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS fig. 192
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ apply pressure to the point shown by the arrow and remove lens unit A;
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ change the bulb releasing it from the side contacts and
making sure the new bulb is correctly fastened between
the contacts;
fig. 189
F0N0243m
fig. 190
F0N0141m
❒ refit the snap-fitted lens unit.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
186
fig. 191
F0N0142m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 187
SIDE MARKER LIGHTS (where provided)
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
REPLACING AN INTERIOR BULB
For the type of bulb and power rating, see “When needing to change a bulb”.
❒ for extra-long van:
– undo both fastening screws C-fig. 193 and remove
the light;
– remove the bulb-holder D on the rear of the light,
turning through 1/4 turn;
– remove the snap-fitted bulb and replace.
❒ for chassis cabs with platform:
– remove bulb-holder on the rear of the light, turning
through 1/4 turn;
– remove the snap-fitted bulb and replace.
FRONT CEILING LIGHT
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
Proceed as follows to replace the bulbs:
❒ work in the points shown by the arrows and remove
the ceiling light A-fig. 194;
❒ open the protection door B-fig. 195;
❒ replace bulbs C-fig. 195 releasing them from the side
contacts; make sure that new bulbs are correctly
clamped between contacts;
❒ close the door B-fig. 195 and secure the ceiling light
A-fig. 194 in its housing locking it properly.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 192
AF0N0089m
fig. 193
F0N0244m
187
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 188
REAR CEILING LIGHT
Proceed as follows to replace the bulbs:
❒ work in the points shown by the arrows and remove
the ceiling light D-fig. 196;
❒ open the protection lid E-fig. 197;
❒ change the bulb F-fig. 197 by releasing it from
the side contacts and making sure the new bulb is
correctly fastened between the contacts;
❒ re-close the protection lid E-fig. 197 and secure ceiling
light D-fig. 196 into its housing locking it properly.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 194
F0N0090m
fig. 196
F0N0092m
fig. 195
F0N0091m
fig. 197
F0N0093m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
188
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 189
REPLACING FUSES
WARNING
Never replace a fuse with another of higher amp rating; FIRE HAZARD.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Fuses protect the electrical system: they cut in (i.e. they blow)
in the event of a fault or improper action on the system.
When a device does not work, check the efficiency of its
fuse: the conductor element A-fig. 198 must be intact.
If it is, replace the blown fuse with another with the same
amperage (same colour).
B intact fuse;
C fuse with damaged filament.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
If a general protection fuse (MEGA-FUSE,
MIDI-FUSE, MAXI-FUSE) is blown, contact your Fiat Dealership. Remove the key from
the ignition switch and switch off all loads before
replacing a fuse.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Never replace a blown fuse with metal
wires or other recovered material.
WARNING
Should the fuse blow again, contact Fiat
Dealership.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 198
F0N0094m
189
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 190
FUSE LOCATION
The vehicle fuses are grouped in three control units located on the dashboard, passenger compartment right pillar and engine compartment.
Right central pillar optional control unit
(for versions/markets, where provided)
To gain access to the fuse box fig. 204, remove the protective cover fig. 203.
Fuse box on the dashboard
To gain access to the fuse box fig. 200 on the dashboard,
loosen the fastening screws A-fig. 199 and remove the cover.
Engine compartment control unit
To gain access to the fuse box, fig. 202, remove the protective cover fig. 201.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
190
fig. 199
F0N0095m
fig. 200
F0N0096m
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 191
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
fig. 201
fig. 203
F0N0172m
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 202
fig. 204
F0N0171m
191
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 192
FUSE TABLE
Fuse box on dashboard fig. 200
USERS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
192
FUSE
AMPERES
Right dipped beam headlight
F12
7.5
Left dipped beam headlight, headlight alignment corrector
F13
7.5
Engine compartment control unit relay, instrument panel control unit relay (+key)
F31
7.5
Minibus interior lights (emergency)
F32
10
Rear current socket
F33
15
Absent
F34
–
Reversing lights, Servotronic control unit, water in diesel filter sensor, (+key)
F35
7.5
Central locking control unit (+battery)
F36
15
Brake light control (main), third brake light, instrument panel (+key)
F37
7.5
Instrument panel control unit relay (+battery)
F38
10
EOBD socket, Radio, A/C control, Alarm, Tachograph,
Webasto timer (+battery)
F39
10
Left heated rear window, driver side mirror demister
F40
15
Right heated rear window, passenger side mirror demister
F41
15
ABS, ASR, ESP, Brake light control (secondary) (+key)
F42
7.5
Windscreen washer (+key)
F43
30
Cigar lighter, Front power point
F44
20
Controls on driver’s side door, Controls on passenger side door
F45
7.5
Absent
F46
–
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 193
USERS
FUSE
AMPERES
Driver’s side electric window
F47
20
Passenger side electric window
F48
20
Radio, Driver side window, Controls on instrument panel,
Alarm control unit, Rain sensor (+key)
F49
7.5
Airbag (+key)
F50
7.5
A/C control, Cruise control, Tachograph (+key)
F51
7.5
Optional control unit relay
F52
7.5
Instrument panel, rear fog light (+battery)
F53
7.5
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
193
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
194
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 194
Engine compartment control unit fig. 202
USERS
ABS pump (+battery)
Preheating glow plugs (+battery)
Ignition switch (+battery)
Webasto control unit (+battery)
Passenger compartment ventilation with Webasto (+battery)
Engine cooling high speed fan (+battery)
Engine cooling low speed fan (+battery)
Passenger compartment fan (+key)
Windscreen washer pump
Horn
i.e. system (secondary services)
Right main beam headlamp
Left main beam headlamp
i.e. system (+key)
i.e. system (primary services)
Engine management control unit (+battery)
Air climate control compressor
Headlamp washer pump
Fuel pump
i.e. system (primary services)
ABS solenoid valves
Automatic transmission 8 (+key)
Fog lights
FUSE
AMPERES
F01
F02
F03
F04
F05
F06
F07
F08
F09
F10
F11
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
F21
F22
F23
F24
F30
40
50
30
20
20
40/60
40/50
40
20
15
15
7.5
7.5
7.5
10
7.5
7.5
30
15
20
30
15
15
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 195
Right central pillar optional control unit fig. 204
USERS
Absent
Heated seats
Rear passenger current socket
Additional heater under the seat
Side lights
Self-levelling suspension (+battery)
Absent
Absent
Absent
Additional passenger heater control
Absent
Additional passenger heater fan
FUSE
AMPERES
F54
F55
F56
F57
F58
F59
F60
F61
F62
F63
F64
F65
–
15
15
10
10
7.5
–
–
–
10
–
30
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
195
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 196
BATTERY RECHARGING
IMPORTANT The battery recharging procedure is provided as an example only. You are recommended to contact a Fiat Dealership to have this operation performed.
Low amperage slow recharging for approximately 24 hour
is advised. Rapid battery charging with high currents could
damage the battery. Charge the battery as follows:
❒ disconnect battery negative terminal;
❒ connect the charger cables to the battery terminals,
observing the poles;
❒ turn on the charger;
❒ when you have finished, turn the charger off before
disconnecting the battery;
❒ reconnect battery negative terminal.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
196
WARNING
Battery fluid is poisonous and corrosive:
avoid contact with your skin and eyes. The
battery recharging operation must be performed
in a ventilated place, away from naked flames
or possible sources of sparks to avoid the risk
of explosion and fire.
WARNING
Don’t try to recharge a frozen battery: If
the battery was frozen, have it inspected
by specialised personnel before recharging to
check that the internal elements are not damaged
and that the casing is not cracked, which causes
the risk of leakage of poisonous, corrosive gas.
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 197
RAISING THE VEHICLE
TOWING THE VEHICLE
If the vehicle needs to be lifted, contact a Fiat Dealership
which is equipped with the arm hoist or workshop lift.
The vehicle is equipped with two rings for attaching the
tow hook.
The vehicle must only be raised laterally by placing the ends
of the arms or workshop lift in the areas shown in the
diagram 205.
WARNING
Before towing, switch off the steering lock
(see “Starting device” paragraph under
the “Dashboard and controls” section). The power brakes and power steering will not work while
the vehicle is being towed. More effort on the
brake pedal and steering wheel will therefore be
required. Do not use flexible cables when towing
and avoid jerky movements. During towing operations, be careful that the fastening joining the
joint to the vehicle does not damage adjacent
components. When towing the vehicle, be sure
to respect the specific rules of the Highway Code,
specifically in relation to the towing device and
the behaviour to maintain on the road.
WARNING
During towing do not start up the engine.
fig. 205
F0N0340m
The front ring is located in the tool box beneath the passenger side seat. On versions with Fix&Go kit and without
spare wheel, the tool box is available only on request for
versions/markets where provided. In the absence of the tool
box the vehicle tow hook is housed in the on-board documentation container, together with the Owner Handbook.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
197
165-198 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
8:44
Pagina 198
For activation/deactivation, proceed as follows:
❒ open the flap A and remove it as illustrated in fig. 206;
❒ turn the lock knob B anticlockwise and remove it
fig. 206 to allow the removal of the box fig. 207;
SAFETY
❒ take the provided screwdriver from the box and prise
up at the point shown to raise the cap C-fig. 208;
❒ take the tow ring D from the box and screw it onto the
threaded pin fig. 208.
The rear ring B-fig 209 is located at the point shown in the
diagram.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 206
F0N0134m
fig. 208
F0N0136m
fig. 207
F0N0135m
fig. 209
F0N0117m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
198
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 199
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Correct maintenance is a decisive factor in guaranteeing
a long life for the vehicle in optimum conditions.
This is why Fiat has planned a series of checks and maintenance operations every 40,000/45,000 km.
The scheduled maintenance programme does not, however, cover all the vehicle requirements; during the initial
period, before the 40,000/45,000 kilometre service and
later on, between services, routine operations must be
carried out like systematically checking and topping up
fluid levels, checking the tyre inflation pressure, etc.
IMPORTANT Scheduled Maintenance services are required by the manufacturer. Failure to carry out these
services may invalidate the warranty.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
The services can be carried out by any Fiat Dealer at the
appointed times.
If there is the need for further replacements or repairs
during any operation in addition to those planned, prior
consent of the Customer must be obtained first.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
IMPORTANT It is advisable to inform a Fiat Dealership of
any small operating irregularities without waiting for the
next service.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
If your vehicle is used frequently for trailer towing, the
interval between scheduled maintenance services must be
reduced.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
199
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 200
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PLAN
(120 Multijet – 130 Multijet – 160 Multijet)
Thousands of kilometres
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
200
45
90
135
180
225
Check tyre condition/wear and adjust pressure, if necessary
●
●
●
●
●
Check lighting system operation
(headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, passenger
compartment lights, boot lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check windscreen wiper blades position/wear
●
●
●
●
●
Check condition and wear of front and rear disc brake pads
and brake pad wear indicator
●
●
●
●
●
Visually inspect condition of:
Body exterior and underbody protection, pipes and hoses
(exhaust – fuel – brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)
– Brake and fuel system hoses
●
●
●
●
●
Check operation of windscreen wash/wipe system
and adjust sprays if necessary
Visually check condition/tension of accessory drive belts (excluding
engines fitted with automatic tensioners)
●
●
Check and adjust handbrake travel if necessary
●
●
●
●
●
Check exhaust gas emissions/fumes
●
●
●
●
●
Check cleanliness of locks and cleanliness of linkage and lubrication
●
●
●
●
●
Change engine oil and engine oil filter
●
●
●
●
●
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 201
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Thousands of kilometres
45
90
135
180
225
Replace fuel filter
●
●
●
●
●
Replace air filter cartridge (▼)
●
●
●
●
●
Check and top up, if required, fluid levels
(engine coolant, brake fluid, windscreen washer fluid, battery fluid, etc);
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check timing belt (120 – 130 Multijet versions)
●
Replace auxiliary drive belt
●
Check timing drive belt (120 – 130 Multijet versions)
Check operation of engine management systems (using diagnostic socket)
●
●
●
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)
Replace pollen filter (or every 24 months)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
(*) Or every 4 years for heavy-duty use (cold climates, town use with long periods spent idling, use on particularly dusty
roads or roads spread with sand and/or salt). Or every 5 years, regardless of the distance.
(▼) If the vehicle is equipped with a special air filter for dusty areas:
– every 20,000 km check and clean filter;
– every 40,000 km replace filter.
●
●
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
201
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 202
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PLAN (100 Multijet)
Thousands of kilometres
40
80
120
160
200
Check tyre condition/wear and adjust pressure, if necessary
●
●
●
●
●
Check lighting system operation
(headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, passenger
compartment lights, boot lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
Check operation of windscreen wash/wipe system
and adjust sprays if necessary
●
●
●
●
●
Check windscreen wiper blades position/wear
●
●
●
●
●
Check condition and wear of front and rear disc brake pads
and brake pad wear indication
●
●
●
●
●
Visually inspect condition of:
Body exterior and underbody protection, pipes and hoses
(exhaust – fuel – brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)
– Brake and fuel system hoses
●
●
●
●
●
●
Visually inspect condition of the various drive belts
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
202
●
Check and adjust handbrake travel if necessary
●
●
●
●
●
Check exhaust gas emissions/fumes
●
●
●
●
●
Check cleanliness of locks and cleanliness of linkage and lubrication
●
●
●
●
●
Change engine oil and engine oil filter
●
●
●
●
●
Replace fuel filter
●
●
●
●
●
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 203
Thousands of kilometres
40
80
120
160
200
Replace air filter cartridge (▼)
●
●
●
●
●
Check and top up, if required, fluid levels
(engine coolant, brake fluid, windscreen washer fluid, battery fluid, etc);
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)
Replace pollen filter (or every 24 months)
●
●
●
●
●
Should prevailing use of the vehicle be under one of the following specially heavy-duty conditions:
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
❒ dusty roads;
❒ short repeated distances (less than 7-8 km) and with external temperatures below zero;
❒ frequently idling engine or long distance low speed driving (e.g. taxis or door-to-door deliveries) or in case of a long
term inactivity;
❒ urban driving;
Scheduled maintenance services must be performed every 30,000 km.
(▼) If the vehicle is equipped with a special air filter for dusty areas:
– every 20,000 km check and clean filter;
– every 40,000 km replace filter.
SAFETY
●
Replace auxiliary drive belt
Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis outlet)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
●
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
203
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 204
PERIODIC CHECKS
HEAVY USAGE OF THE VEHICLE
Every 1,000 km or before long journeys, check and, if necessary, restore the following:
If the vehicle is mostly used in one of the following particularly harsh conditions:
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
❒ dusty roads;
❒ short repeated distances (less than 7-8 km) and with
external temperatures below zero;
❒ frequently idling engine or long distance low speed driving (e.g. taxis or door-to-door deliveries) or in case
of a long term inactivity;
❒ urban driving;
the following checks must be carried out more often than
indicated in the Planned Maintenance Programme:
❒ check front disk brake pad conditions and wear;
❒ check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks and lever
cleanliness and lubrication;
❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine, gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses (exhaust – fuel – brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);
❒ check battery charge and liquid level (electrolyte);
❒ visual check on various drive belt conditions;
❒ check pollen filter and replace it, if required;
❒ check air cleaner and replace it, if required.
❒ engine coolant fluid level;
❒ brake fluid level;
❒ windscreen washer fluid level;
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
204
❒ tyre pressure and conditions;
❒ operation of lights (headlights, direction indicators,
emergency lights, etc.);
❒ operation of the windscreen wiper/washer system, position and wear of the windscreen and rear window
wiper blades.
Every 3,000 km check and top up if required: engine oil
level.
You are recommended to use PETRONAS LUBRICANTS products, designed and produced specifically for
Fiat cars (see table “Capacities” in section “Technical Specifications”).
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 205
CHECKING
FLUID LEVELS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
SAFETY
Never smoke while working in the engine compartment: gas and inflammable
vapours may be present, with the
risk of fire.
When topping up take
care not to confuse the
various types of fluids:
they are all incompatible with
one another and could seriously
damage the vehicle.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
fig. 210 – 100 Multijet versions
F0N0099m
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Engine coolant
2. Power steering fluid
3. Windscreen washer fluid
INDEX
4. Brake fluid
5. Engine oil
fig. 211 – 120 Multijet versions – 130 Multijet
F0N0100m
205
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 206
WARNING
Never smoke while working in the engine compartment: gas and inflammable
vapours may be present, with the
risk of fire.
When topping up take
care not to confuse the
various types of fluids:
they are all incompatible with
one another and could seriously
damage the vehicle.
fig. 212 – 160 Multijet versions
1. Engine coolant fluid
2. Power steering fluid
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Engine oil
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
206
F0N0210m
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 207
ENGINE OIL fig. 213-214-215
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Check the oil level a few minutes (about 5) after the engine has stopped, with the vehicle parked on level ground.
The maximum engine oil consumption is usually 400 grams
every 1000 km.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
The oil level should be between the MIN and MAX marks
on the dipstick B.
When the vehicle is new, the engine needs to be run
in, therefore the engine oil consumption can only be
considered stabilised after the first 5,000÷6,000 km.
SAFETY
The range between the MIN and MAX marks corresponds
to about 1 litre of oil.
If the oil level is near or under the MIN line, add oil through
the filler A to reach the MAX line.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
The oil level should never exceed the MAX line.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
fig. 214 – 120 – 130 Multijet versions
F0N0102m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 213 – 100 Multijet versions
F0N0101m
fig. 215 – 160 Multijet versions
F0N0211m
207
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 208
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT The oil consumption depends on the driving style and the conditions under which the vehicle is
used.
SAFETY
IMPORTANT After adding or changing the oil, let the engine turn over for a few seconds and wait a few minutes
after turning it off before you check the level.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
Proceed very carefully inside the engine
compartment when the engine is hot: danger of scalding. Remember that the fan may start
up if the engine is hot: danger of injury. Pay attention to scarves, ties and other loose fitting garments:
they might get caught by moving components.
ENGINE COOLANT fig. 216
The coolant level must be checked when the engine is
cold and must be between the MIN and MAX lines on the
vessel.
If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture of 50% demineralised water and 50% PARAFLUUP of PETRONAS LUBRICANTS through the filler neck A until the level reaches MAX.
A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLUUP and demineralised
water gives freeze protection to −35 °C.
When the vehicle is used under particularly harsh weather conditions, we recommend using a 60-40 mixture of
PARAFLUUP and demineralised water.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
208
Do not add any oil with different specifications to those of the existing engine oil.
The used engine oil and the replaced oil filter contain substances that may be dangerous for the environment. It is advisable to
have oil and filters changed by a Fiat Dealership
where they will be disposed of according to the law.
fig. 216
F0N0103m
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 209
PARAFLUUP anti-freeze is used in the engine cooling system. Use the same fluid as
in the cooling system when topping up.
PARAFLUUP may not be mixed with any other types
of fluids. If this accidentally occurs, do not start the
engine and contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
The engine cooling system is pressurised. If
necessary, only replace the cap with another genuine one or the operation of the system
may be adversely affected. Do not remove the cap
from the reservoir when the engine is hot: danger
of scalding.
At temperatures below −20 °C, use undiluted TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL SC35 fluid.
Check level through the reservoir.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
Do not travel with the windscreen washer
reservoir empty: the windscreen washer is
fundamental for improving visibility.
WARNING
Certain commercial additives for windscreen washers are inflammable. The engine compartment contains hot parts which could
start a fire if they come into contact.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW
WASHER FLUID fig. 217
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
To top up, remove the cap A.
Pour a mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC35, in the following concentrations:
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 and 70% water in
summer.
50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 and 50% water in
winter.
INDEX
fig. 217
F0N0105m
209
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 210
BRAKE FLUID fig. 218
Undo the cap A and check that the liquid contained in the
reservoir is at the maximum level.
Fluid level in the reservoir must not exceed the MAX
mark.
Use the brake fluid shown in the “Fluids and lubricants”
table (see “Technical Specifications”).
Note Carefully clean the cap of the reservoir A and the
surrounding surface.
Take great care that impurities do not enter the reservoir
when the cap is opened.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
For topping up always use a funnel with integrated filter
that has a mesh inferior or equal to 0.12 mm.
IN AN EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs moisture. For this reason, if the vehicle is mainly used in areas with a high degree of atmospheric humidity, the fluid should be replaced
at more frequent intervals than specified in the “Scheduled
maintenance plan”.
Prevent brake fluid which is highly corrosive
from coming into contact with painted
parts. Should this occur, immediately wash
with water.
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous and highly corrosive. In the event of accidental contact, immediately wash the affected parts with water and
neutral soap. Then rinse thoroughly. If swallowed
call a doctor straight away.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
WARNING
The symbol π on the container indicates
a synthetic brake fluids, which is different
from a mineral fluids. Use of a mineral type fluids will damage the special rubber seals of the
braking system beyond repair.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
210
fig. 218
F0N0107m
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 211
POWER STEERING FLUID fig. 219
Check that the liquid contained in the tank is at the maximum level. This operation must be carried out with the
vehicle level and with the engine off and cold. Check that
the fluid level is up to the MAX mark on the dipstick attached to the fuel cap (use the level shown on the 20 °C
side of the dipstick to check when cold).
If the level of the fluid in the tank is lower than the specified level, top up using only one of the products indicated in the “Fluid and lubricants” table in the “Technical
specifications” section, proceeding as follows:
❒ With the engine running, turn the steering wheel from
right to left fully, several times.
❒ Top up the fuel to the MAX level and then retighten
the cap.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
WARNING
Prevent power steering fluid from coming into contact with hot engine parts:
the liquid is flammable.
❒ Start the engine and wait for the level of fluid in the
tank to stabilise.
Power steering fluid consumption is very
low. If the fluid needs topping up a short
time after the last top-up, have the system
checked by a Fiat Dealership to ensure there are no
leaks.
Do not press the power steering end of travel lock for longer than 8 consecutive seconds with the engine running because it will
cause noise and risk damaging the system.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
fig. 219
F0N0109m
211
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 212
AIR CLEANER
IMPORTANT To clean the filter, use an air jet, do not use
water or liquid detergents.
Have the air cleaner replaced by a Fiat Dealership.
Because this filter is specific to versions designed for dusty
areas, it is advisable to contact a Fiat Dealership to change
the filter.
AIR FILTER – DUSTY ROADS
(for versions/markets, where provided)
The air filter for dusty areas is equipped with a visual filter block indication device A-fig. 220. Check the reading of
the filter blocked device at intervals (refer to “Scheduled
maintenance plan” in the “Maintenance and care” section).
POLLEN FILTER
Have the pollen filter replaced by a Fiat Dealership.
When the setting is reached the indicator is triggered
B-fig. 211 to change to red, even with the engine off. To
reset the indicator, clean/replace the cartridge as on normal conversions and then reset the indicator by pressing
the button C-fig. 221.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
212
fig. 220
F0N0253m
fig. 221
F0N0254m
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 213
BATTERY
Refer to the table below.
The battery is of the “Limited maintenance” type: under
normal conditions of use the electrolyte does not need
topping up with distilled water.
Bright
white colour
Topping up
electrolyte
Go to a Fiat
Dealership.
The battery is located inside the passenger compartment,
in front of the pedals. Remove the protective cover to gain
access to it.
Dark colour
without
green area
in the middle
Insufficient
charge status
Recharge
the battery
(go to a Fiat
Dealership).
Dark colour
with
green area
in the middle
Sufficient
electrolyte and
charge status
No
action
It is advisable to contact a Fiat Dealership to check/replace
the battery.
CHECKING THE CHARGE fig. 222
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Use the gauge A (where provided) on the battery lid and
take action according to the colour it assumes. If the battery lacks a charge status and electrolyte level check device
(optical hydrometer), check operations must be carried out
only by specialised personnel.
IN AN EMERGENCY
To check charge status, open the flap by undoing the two
fastening srews. After checking the charge, close the lid carefully avoiding to catch things in between and short circuits.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
WARNING
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
When performing any operation on the
battery or near it, always protect your
eyes with the special goggles.
INDEX
fig. 222
F0N0110m
213
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 214
WARNING
Battery liquid is poisonous and corrosive.
Avoid contact with the skin and eyes. Keep
naked flames or possible sources of sparks away
from the battery: risk of explosion or fire.
If the vehicle needs to be off the road for
a long period under conditions of intense
cold, remove the battery and take it to a
heated place, otherwise it may freeze.
SAFETY
CHANGING THE BATTERY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING
Using the battery when the fluid is too low
can damage it irreparably and generate
a risk of explosion.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
214
If required, replace the battery with a genuine spare part
having the same specifications.
If a battery with different specifications is fitted, the service intervals given in the “Scheduled Maintenance Plan”
in this section will no longer be valid.
Follow the battery manufacturer’s instructions for maintenance.
Incorrect assembly of electric and electronic
devices may cause severe damage to your
vehicle. Contact a Fiat Dealership if you
want to install accessories (alarms, radiophone,
etc.): they will suggest the most suitable devices and
advise you if a higher capacity battery needs to be
installed.
Batteries contain very dangerous substances for the environment. You are recommended to contact a Fiat Dealership to
have the battery replaced where the old battery will
be disposed of respecting both the environment and
the laws in force.
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 215
IMPORTANT Check the battery charge once a year,
preferably before the beginning of the winter, to prevent
freezing of the electrolyte. This check should be carried
out more often if the vehicle is mainly used for short
journies or if it is equipped with consumers that permanently absorb energy with the ignition off, especially if they
have been fitted in the after market.
IMPORTANT If a tachograph is fitted, if the vehicle is
parked up for a long period of 5 days, it is advisable to
disconnect the battery negative terminal to maintain its
charge.
If the vehicle is equipped with a battery disconnection
function (disconnector), see the description of the procedure in the “Controls” paragraph in the “Dashboard
and controls” section.
USEFUL ADVICE FOR LENGTHENING
THE LIFE OF YOUR BATTERY
To avoid draining your battery and make it last longer,
observe the following instructions:
❒ when you park the vehicle, ensure the doors, tailgate and bonnet are closed properly to avoid that the
ceiling lights remain on;
❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The vehicle is however
provided with an automatic system for switching off
internal lights;
❒ with the engine off, do not leave devices on for long
periods (e.g. radio, hazard lights etc.);
❒ before performing any operation on the electrical
system, disconnect the battery negative cable;
❒ battery terminals shall always be perfectly tightened.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT A battery which is kept at a charge of less
than 50% (optical indicator with dark colour without green
area in the middle) for any length of time will be damaged
by sulphating leading to a reduction in cranking power.
SAFETY
The battery will also be more at risk of freezing (e.g. already at −10 °C). Refer to the paragraph “Vehicle inactivity” in “Starting and driving” if the car is left parked for
a long time.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
If, after buying the vehicle, you want to install electric accessories which require permanent electric supply (alarm,
etc.) contact the Fiat Dealership whose qualified personnel, in addition to suggesting the most suitable devices of
the Lineaccessori Fiat, will evaluate the overall electric absorption, checking whether the vehicle electric system is
capable of withstanding the load required, or whether it
should be integrated with a more powerful battery.
Since these devices continue absorbing energy even when
the ignition key is off, they gradually run down the battery.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
215
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 216
WHEELS AND TYRES
IMPORTANT NOTES
Check the pressure of each tyre, including the spare, every
two weeks and before long journeys. The pressure should
be checked with the tyre rested and cold. It is normal
for the pressure to increase when the vehicle is used;
for the correct tyre inflation pressure, see “Wheels” in
“Technical specifications” section. Incorrect pressure
causes abnormal tyre wear fig. 223:
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
B low pressure: tread particularly worn at the edges.
C high pressure: tread particularly worn in the centre.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
The tyres must be replaced when the tread is less than
1.6 mm thick. In all cases, follow the laws in force in the
country where you are driving.
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ Check the tyres regularly for cuts on the sides, swelling
or irregular tread wear. Contact a Fiat Dealership if
required;
❒ Avoid overloading the car when travelling: this may
cause serious damage to the wheels and tyres;
❒ If a tyre is punctured, stop the vehicle immediately
and change it to avoid damage to the tyre, the rim,
the suspensions and the steering system;
❒ A tyre will age even if it is not used much. Cracks in
the tread and on the sidewalls are a sign of ageing. Have
the tyres checked by specialised personnel if they have
been fitted for longer than 6 years. Remember to check
also the spare wheel very carefully;
❒ In case of replacement, always fit new tyres, avoiding
those with an unknown origin;
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
❒ If a tyre is replaced, also change the inflation valve;
❒ To allow an even wear between the front and rear tyres,
it is advisable to change them over every 10-15 thousand kilometres, keeping them on the same side of the
vehicle so as not to reverse the direction of rotation.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
216
❒ Avoid braking suddenly, burning starts and violent
knocks against the curb, potholes or other obstacles
if possible. Long distances on rough roads may damage
the tyres;
fig. 223
F0N0111m
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 217
WARNING
Remember that the road holding qualities
of your vehicle also depend on the correct
inflation pressure of the tyres.
WARNING
If the pressure is too low the tyre will
get overheated, with the risk of serious
damages.
RUBBER HOSES
As far as the brake system and fuel rubber hoses are concerned, follow the “Scheduled Maintenance Plan” in this
section carefully.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Ozone, high temperatures and prolonged lack of fluid in
the system may cause hardening and cracking of the hoses,
with possible leaks.
SAFETY
Careful inspections are therefore necessary.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
WARNING
Avoid moving the tyres from the right side
of the vehicle to the left side and vice
versa. Do not repaint alloy wheel rims which need
temperatures higher than 150 °C. The mechanical
characteristics of the wheels might be disrupted.
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
217
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 218
WINDSCREEN WIPER
Replacing the windscreen wiper blades fig. 224
Proceed as follows:
BLADES
Periodically clean the rubber part using special products;
TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
Replace the blades if the rubber edge is deformed or worn.
In all cases, it is advisable to replace them approximately
once a year.
A few simple precautions can reduce the possibility of
damage to the blades:
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ make sure that the rubber part is not stuck to the windscreen at sub-zero temperatures. Use an antifreeze
product to release it if required;
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ remove any snow from the glass: in addition to protecting the blades, this prevents effort on the motor
and overheating;
❒ lift the arm A of the wiper and position the blade so
that it forms an angle of 90° with the arm;
❒ remove from arm A the press-fitted blade B;
❒ insert the new blade making sure it is locked.
SPRAY NOZZLES
Windscreen washer fig. 225
If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly check that there is
fluid in the reservoir (see “Checking fluid levels” in this
section).
❒ do not operate the windscreen wipers on dry glass.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
WARNING
Driving with worn wiper blades is a serious
hazard, because visibility is reduced in bad
weather.
INDEX
218
fig. 224
F0N0137m
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 219
Then check that the nozzle holes are not clogged, if
necessary using a needle.
BODYWORK
The washer jets should be positioned by adjusting the angle of the sprays using a small straight-headed screwdriver.
PROTECTION FROM ATMOSPHERIC
AGENTS
Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3 height from the
window upper edge.
The main causes of corrosion are the following:
HEADLAMP WASHER
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas, or hot humid
climates);
Check the correct operation and cleanliness of nozzles
at regular intervals.
The headlamp washers come on automatically when the
windscreen washer is operated with the low beams on.
❒ atmospheric pollution;
❒ seasonal environmental conditions.
Not to be underestimated is also the abrasive action
of wind-borne atmospheric dust and sand and mud and
gravel raised by other cars. On your vehicle, Fiat implemented the best manufacturing technologies to effectively
protect the bodywork against corrosion.
These are the most important:
❒ painting products and systems which give the vehicle
particular resistance to corrosion and abrasion;
❒ use of galvanised (or pretreated) steel sheets, with high
resistance to corrosion;
❒ spraying the underbody, engine compartment, wheelhouse internal parts and other parts with highly
protective wax products;
❒ spraying of plastic parts, with a protective function, in
the more exposed points: underdoor, inner fender
parts, edges, etc.;
❒ use of “open” boxed sections to prevent condensation
and pockets of moisture which could cause triggering
rust inside.
fig. 225
F0N0112m
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
219
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 220
VEHICLE BODY AND
UNDERBODY WARRANTY
❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy solution over the
bodywork, frequently rinsing with the sponge;
Your vehicle is covered by warranty against perforation
due to rust of any original element of the structure or
body.
❒ rinse well with water and dry with a jet of air or
a chamois leather.
SAFETY
For the general terms of this warranty, refer to Fiat
Warranty Booklet.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
ADVICE FOR PRESERVING THE BODYWORK
Paint
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
Paintwork does not only serve an aesthetic purpose, but
also protects the underlying sheet metal. Touch up abrasions and scratches immediately to prevent rust formation. Only use genuine spare paint products for touch-ups
(see “Bodywork paint identification plate” in the “Technical Specifications” section). Normal maintenance of paintwork consists in washing the car: the frequency depends
on the conditions and environment where the car is used.
For example, it is advisable to wash the vehicle more often in areas with a high environmental pollution or on
roads sprinkled with salt.
To correctly wash the vehicle proceed as follows:
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
❒ remove the aerial from the roof to prevent damage
to it if the vehicle is washed in an automatic system;
❒ wash the body using a low pressure jet of water;
INDEX
220
Dry the less visible parts particularly carefully, such as the
door frames, bonnet and the headlight frames, where water may stagnate more easily. It is a good idea to leave
the vehicle outdoors for a while after washing it to give
water time to evaporate.
Do not wash the vehicle after it has been left in the sun
or with the bonnet hot: this may alter the shine of the
paintwork.
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in the same way as
the rest of the vehicle.
Where possible, do not park the vehicle under trees; the
resinous substance released by many species give the paint
a dull appearance and increase the possibility of triggering
rust processes.
To protect the paint more effectively, polish occasionally
with special protective waxes; when the paint tends to
cloud because of a build-up of smog, polish with slightly
abrasive protective waxes.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be washed off
immediately and thoroughly as the acid they contain is
particularly aggressive.
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 221
Detergents pollute the environment. The
vehicle should be washed in areas equipped
for collecting and purifying the liquid used
in the washing process.
INTERIORS
Periodically check that water is not trapped under the mats
(due to water dripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.) which
could cause oxidisation of the sheet metal.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
Glasses
Use specific window cleaner products. Also use clean
cloths to avoid scratching the glass or damaging the
transparency.
IMPORTANT Wipe the rear window inside gently with
a cloth in the direction of the filaments to avoid damaging
the heating device.
WARNING
Never use flammable products, such as
petrol, ether or rectified petrol, to clean
the vehicle interior. The electrostatic charges which
are generated by rubbing during the cleaning
operation may cause a fire.
Engine compartment
Wash the engine compartment carefully after the end of
the winter. Be careful not to direct the jet of water onto
electronic control units. Adequately protect the upper air
vents to prevent damage to the windscreen wiper motor.
Have this operation performed at a specialised workshop.
IMPORTANT The washing should take place with the engine cold and the ignition key in the STOP position. After the washing operation, make sure that the various protections (e.g. rubber caps and guards) have not been
removed or damaged.
Front headlights
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic substances (e.g.: petrol)
or ketenes (e.g.: acetone) for cleaning front headlight
plastic lens.
WARNING
Do not keep aerosol cans in the vehicle: risk
of explosion Aerosol cans must not be exposed to a temperature exceeding 50°C. When the
vehicle is exposed to sunlight, inner temperature
can greatly exceed this value.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
221
199-222 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
12:14
Pagina 222
CLEANING SEATS AND FABRIC PARTS
INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS
Remove dust with a soft brush or a vacuum cleaner. It is
advisable to use a moist brush on velvet upholstery.
It is advisable to clean interior parts with a moist cloth and
a solution of water and mild soap. Use specific products
for cleaning plastic, without solvents and specifically designed to prevent damage to the appearance and colour
of the treated parts to remove grease and tough stains.
Rub the seats with a sponge moistened with a solution of
water and neutral detergent.
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petroleum to clean the
instrument panel.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
222
The fabric upholstery of your vehicle is designed to withstand the normal wear and
tear of your vehicle for a long time. Some
precautions are however needed. Avoid prolonged
rubbing against clothing accessories, such as metal buckles, Velcro strips and the like, which by applying a high pressure on the fabric in a small area
could cause the breakage of some threads and
damage the upholstery.
LEATHER STEERING WHEEL/GEAR KNOB
These components must be cleaned with mild soap and
water only.
Never use spirit and/or alcohol based products.
Before using off-the-shelves products designed for cleaning car interiors, make sure that they do not contain spirit and/or alcohol based substances before using them.
If window cleaner accidentally drips onto the steering
wheel or gear lever knob, wipe away immediately and then
wash the concerned area with mild soap and water.
IMPORTANT Be carefully when arranging a steering wheel
lock device, where applicable, to prevent damaging the
leather upholstery by rubbing.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 223
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
IDENTIFICATION DATA
Take note of the identification codes. The following identification codes are printed and shown on the plates:
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
H Maximum authorised weight on second axle (rear)
I
Engine type
SAFETY
L Bodywork version code
❒ Model plate.
M Spares number
❒ Chassis marking.
N Correct fume coefficient value.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
❒ Bodywork paint identification plate.
❒ Engine marking.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
MODEL PLATE fig. 226
This plate is fitted to the engine compartment front crossmember and contains the following identification data:
IN AN EMERGENCY
B Type-approval number
C Vehicle type identification code
D Chassis progressive number
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
E Maximum authorised weight of vehicle fully laden
F Maximum authorised weight of vehicle fully laden plus
trailer
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
G Maximum authorised weight on first axle (front)
INDEX
fig. 226
F0N0333m
223
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 224
BODYWORK PAINT IDENTIFICATION PLATE
fig. 227
This plate is fitted to the engine compartment front crossmember and contains the following identification data:
ENGINE MARKING
It is stamped onto the cylinder block and shows the type
and the manufacture serial number.
A Paint manufacturer.
B Colour name.
C Fiat colour code.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
D Respray and touch up code.
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 228
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
One is located on the passenger’s side inner wheel arch,
A-fig. 228, the other on the lower part of the windscreen,
fig. 229.
❒ vehicle model;
IN AN EMERGENCY
❒ the chassis progressive number.
fig. 228
F0N0162m
fig. 229
F0N0338m
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
224
fig. 227
F0N0160m
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 225
ENGINE CODES – BODYWORK VERSIONS
Versions
Engine code
100 Multijet
4HV
120 Multijet
SOFIM F1AE0481D
130 Multijet
SOFIM F1AE0481N
160 Multijet
SOFIM F1CE0481D
There is an example of the bodywork version codes below
by way of explanation with the key which is valid for all
bodywork version codes:
Key
250
A
A
MODEL
PAYLOAD
ENGINE
ENGINE TRANSMISSION/AXLES
BODYWORK
WHEELBASE
VERSION
M
F
A
AX
PAYLOAD
A 3000 kg
B 3300 kg
C 3500 kg LIGHT
D 3500 kg HEAVY
E 4005 kg
ENGINE
A 100 Multijet
C 120 Multijet
D 160 Multijet
E 130 Multijet
TRANSMISSION UNIT
M Manual gearbox
A Automatic
transmission
WHEELBASE
A Short wheelbase
B Medium wheelbase
C Long wheelbase
D Medium-long
wheelbase
BODYWORK
A Chassis cab frame
B Platform frame without drive cab
C Platform chassis cab
D Flatbed truck
E Primary school bus
F Van
G Long cab trailer
H Long cab frame
L Secondary school bus
M Minibus
P Panorama
R 6/9 seater crew cab
U Chassis without “floor” cab
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
225
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 226
ENGINE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Engine code
Cycle
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Cylinder
number and position
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
120
Multijet
130
Multijet
160
Multijet
4HV
Sofim
F1AE0481D
Sofim
F1AE0481N
Sofim
F1CE0481D
Diesel
Diesel
Diesel
Diesel
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
Piston bore
and stroke
mm
86 × 94.6
88 × 94
88 × 94
95.8 × 104
Total displacement
cm3
2198
2287
2287
2999
17.5
19 ± 0.5
19 ± 0.5
19
kW
HP
74
100
88
120
95.5
130
115.5
157
corresponding
speed
rpm
2900
3600
3600
3500
Maximum
torque (EEC)
Nm
250
320
320
400
corresponding
speed
rpm
1500
2000
2000
1600
Compression
ratio:
IN AN EMERGENCY
100
Multijet
Max power
(EEC)
Fuel
INDEX
226
Diesel for automotive engines (Specification EN590)
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 227
SUPPLY SYSTEM
Supply
WARNING
Common Rail
direct injection
system
Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed
system that are not carried out properly or
do not take the system’s technical specifications
into account can cause malfunctions leading to
the risk of fire.
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
TRANSMISSION UNIT
Gearbox
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet – 130 Multijet – 160 Multijet
Five forward gears plus reverse
with synchronisers for forward gears
Six forward gears plus reverse
with synchronisers for forward gears
Clutch
Self-adjusting with play-less pedal
Drive
Front
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
SUSPENSIONS
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Front
Mc Pherson independent wheels
Rear
Rigid rear axle with tubular axle; longitudinal leaf spring
INDEX
227
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 228
BRAKES
Service brakes:
SAFETY
front
self-ventilated discs
rear
discs
Parking brake
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
controlled by hand lever, acting on rear brakes
IMPORTANT Water, ice and anti-freeze salt sprinkled on the roads may deposit on the brake discs reducing braking efficiency
the first time the brakes are applied.
STEERING
Short
wheelbase
Type
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
228
Steering circle
(kerb to kerb)
Medium
wheelbase
Medium-long
wheelbase
Long
wheelbase
Rack and pinion with hydraulic power steering
m
11,06
12,46
13,54
14,28
WHEELS
RIMS AND TYRES
Pressed steel or alloy wheels. Radial type tubeless tyres.
The vehicle registration document also contains all
homologated tyres.
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepancies between the
information provided on this “Owner Handbook” and the
“Log book”, consider the specifications shown in the log
book only.
Fit tyres of the same make and type on all wheels, to
ensure the safety of the vehicle in movement.
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes with Tubeless tyres.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 229
Maximum speed index
SPARE WHEEL
Pressed steel wheel.
Tubeless tyre, same as standard tyre.
Q = up to 160 km/h.
R = up to 170 km/h.
S = up to 180 km/h.
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h.
H = up to 210 km/h.
V = up to 240 km/h.
WHEEL GEOMETRY
Total front toe in:
−1 ±1 mm
The values refer to the vehicle in running order.
READING TYRE CODE fig. 230
Example: 215/70 R 15 109S
215 = Nominal width (S, distance in mm between sidewalls).
70 = Height/width ratio (H/S) in percentage.
R = Radial tyre.
15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
109 = Load index.
S = Maximum speed index.
fig. 230
F0N0113m
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Maximum speed index for snow tyres
QM + S = up to 160 km/h.
TM + S = up to 190 km/h.
HM + S = up to 210 km/h.
IN AN EMERGENCY
Load index
70 = 335 kg
71 = 345 kg
72 = 355 kg
73 = 365 kg
74 = 375 kg
75 = 387 kg
76 = 400 kg
77 = 412 kg
78 = 425 kg
79 = 437 kg
80 = 450 kg
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
81 = 462 kg
82 = 475 kg
83 = 487 kg
84 = 500 kg
85 = 515 kg
86 = 530 kg
87 = 545 kg
88 = 560 kg
89 = 580 kg
90 = 600 kg
91 = 615 kg
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
229
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 230
READING RIM CODE fig. 230
Example: 6J × 15 ET43
6
J
15
ET43
=
=
=
=
rim width in inches 1.
rim drop centre outline (side projection where the tyre bead rests) 2.
rim nominal diameter in inches (corresponds to diameter of the tyre to be mounted) 3 = Ø.
wheel camber (distance between the disc/rim support plane and the wheel rim centre line).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Versions
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Rims
Tyres provided
Ducato (except recreational)
6J × 15" - H2
215/70 R15C 109/107S
225/70 R15C 112/110S
Ducato (recreational)
6J × 15" - H2
215/70 R15CP 109/107Q
Ducato Maxi (except recreational)
6J × 16" - H2
215/75 R16C 116/114R
225/75 R16C 118/116R
Ducato Maxi (recreational)
6J × 16" - H2
225/75 R16CP 116/114Q
If using M+S winter tyres with speed index lower than “S” for 15 inch wheels and “R” for 16 inch wheels, respect the max vehicle
speed indicated in the table: Maximum speed index.
IMPORTANT Use only the tyres shown in the vehicle vehicle registration document.
INDEX
230
If using class C tyres on a Camping vehicle, always use wheels with a metal inflation valve. When replacing, it is always advisable to
use Camping tyres.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 231
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Tyres provided
Use
front
Rear
4.0 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
215/70 R15
3000 GVW(*) Light with wide tyres,
except PANORAMA
3300 GVW (*) Light/3500 GVW (*)
Light with basic tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
215/70 R15
PANORAMA with basic tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
225/70 R15
3000 GVW (*) Light with wide tyres,
except PANORAMA
3300 GVW(*) Light/3500 GVW(*)
Light with wide tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
225/70 R15 C
Winter tyres M+S class C on Camping vehicle
4.3 ± 0.05
4.75 ± 0.05
225/70 R15
PANORAMA with wide tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
215/70 R15 CP
Light range with Camping tyres
5.0 ± 0.05
5.5 ± 0.05
215/75 R16
Heavy range with basic tyres
4.5 ± 0.05
5.0 ± 0.05
225/75 R16
Heavy range with wide tyres
4.5 ± 0.05
5.0 ± 0.05
225/75 R16 C
Winter tyres M+S class C on Camping vehicle
5.2 ± 0.05
5.2 ± 0.05
225/75 R16 CP
Heavy range with camping tyres
5.5 ± 0.05
5.5 ± 0.05
(*) GVW = Total weight on the ground
When the tires are warm, the inflation pressure should be +0.3 bar in relation to the recommended figure.
However, recheck that the value is correct with the tyre cold.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
231
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 232
DIMENSIONS
VAN VERSION
Dimensions are expressed in mm
and refer to the vehicle fitted with
standard tyres.
The height refers to the unladen vehicle.
fig. 231
STARTING
AND DRIVING
F0N0341m
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
VAN
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
232
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
CHI
MH1 – MH2
LH2 – LH3
XLH2 – XLH3
948
3000
1015
4963
2254
1810
2050
–
1790
948
3450
1015
5413
2254 – 2524
1810
2050
–
1790
948
4035
1015
5998
2524 – 2764
1810
2050
–
1790
948
4035
1380
6363
2524 – 2764
1810
2050
–
1790
The sizes vary according to the various versions within the limits indicated above
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 233
TRUCK VERSION
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Dimensions are expressed in mm
and refer to the vehicle fitted with
standard tyres.
The height refers to the unladen vehicle.
SAFETY
F0N0342m
fig. 232
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
BOX
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
L
CHASSIS CAB
CHI
MH1
LH1
XLH1
948
3000
1345
5293
2798
2254
1810
1790
2100
948
3450
1345
5743
3248
2254
1810
1790
2100
948
4035
1345
6328
3833
2254
1810
1790
2100
948
4035
1710
6693
4198
2254
1810
1790
2100
The sizes vary according to the various versions within the limits indicated above
CHI
MH1-MLH1
LH1
XLH1
948
948
948
948
3000
3450-3800
4035
4035
960
960
960
1325
4908
5358-5708
5943
6308
–
–
–
–
2254
2254
2254
2254
1810
1810
1810
1810
1790÷1980 1790÷1980 1790÷1980 1790÷1980
2050
2050
2050
2050
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
233
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 234
CHASSIS COWL
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
CHI
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
L
MH1-MLH1
INDEX
234
CHI
MH1-MLH1
LH1
XLH1
948
948
948
948
3000
3450-3800
4035
4035
880
880
880
1245
4828
5278-5628
5863
6228
–
–
–
–
2254
2254
2254
2254
1810
1810
1810
1810
1790÷1980 1790÷1980 1790÷1980 1790÷1980
2050
2050
2050
2050
The sizes vary according to the various versions within the limits indicated above
CHI
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
XLH1
925
925
925
925
3000
3450-3800
4035
4035
860
860
860
1225
4785
5235-5585
5820
6125
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1810
1810
1810
1810
1790÷1980 1790÷1980 1790÷1980 1790÷1980
2050
2050
2050
2050
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
LH1
SPECIAL CHASSIS CAB
A
B
C
D
G
H
L
925
3000
880
4805
1810
1790÷1980
2050
SPECIAL CHASSIS COWL
MH1-MLH1
LH1
925
3450-3800
880
5255-5605
1810
1790÷1980
2050
The sizes vary according to the various versions within the limits indicated above
925
4035
880
5840
1810
1790÷1980
2050
XLH1
925
4035
1245
6205
1810
1790÷1980
2050
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 235
PERFORMANCES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Top admitted speed after initial vehicle use in km/h.
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
130 Multijet
160 Multijet
CH1-MH1
140
155
–
165
MH2-LH2
XLH2
135
150
–
160
LH3-XLH3
130
145
–
155
CH1
140
155
160
161(*) - 165 (▼)
MHI-MLHI
140
155
160
161(*) - 165 (▼)
LH1-XLH1
140
155
160
161(*) - 165 (▼)
SAFETY
VAN
TRUCKS
(*) Heavy Range
(▼) Light Range
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
235
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
236
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 236
VAN WEIGHTS
3000 kg payload versions (***)
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1845÷1910
1860÷1925
1910÷1975
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1090÷1155
1075÷1140
1025÷1090
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1630
1650
3000
1630
1650
3000
1630
1650
3000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
Maximum load on roof
(evenly distributed):
kg
150
150
150
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
(***) The values indicated refer to panel and glazed Vans and in medium and short wheelbases with high and low sides.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 237
VAN WEIGHTS
3300 kg payload versions (***)
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1845÷1985
1860÷2000
1910÷2050
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1315÷1455
1300÷1440
1250÷1390
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
Maximum load on roof
(evenly distributed):
kg
150
150
150
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
(***) The values indicated refer to panel and glazed Vans and in medium and short wheelbases with high and low sides.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
237
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
238
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 238
VAN WEIGHTS
3500 kg payload versions (***)
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1845÷1985
1860÷2000
1910÷2050
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1515÷1655
1500÷1640
1450÷1590
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
Maximum load on roof
(evenly distributed):
kg
150
150
150
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
(***) The values indicated refer to panel and glazed Vans and in medium and short wheelbases with high and low sides.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 239
VAN WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
3500 kg payload versions (***)
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1940÷2090
1990÷2140
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1410÷1560
1360÷1510
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
3000
750
3000
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
Maximum load on roof
(evenly distributed):
kg
150
150
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
(***) The values indicated refer to panel and glazed Vans and in medium and short wheelbases with high and low sides.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
239
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
240
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 240
VAN WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
4000 kg payload versions (***)
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
2010÷2135
2060÷2185
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1865÷1990
1815÷1940
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
Maximum load on roof
(evenly distributed):
kg
150
150
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
(***) The values indicated refer to panel and glazed Vans and in medium and short wheelbases with high and low sides.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 241
TRUCK TRAILER WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment): kg
1795÷1840
1810÷1855
1860÷1905
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1125÷1160
1125÷1145
1095÷1140
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1630
1650
2920-3000
1630
1650
2935-3000
1630
1650
2935-3000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
3000 kg payload versions
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the
specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
241
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
242
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 242
TRUCK TRAILER WEIGHTS
3300 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1795÷1895
1810÷1910
1860÷1960
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1405÷1435
1390÷1435
1340÷1440
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1750
1900
3230-3300
1750
1900
3245-3300
1750
1900
3245-3300
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 243
TRUCK TRAILER WEIGHTS
3500 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1795÷1895
1810÷1910
1860÷1960
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1535÷1605
1535÷1590
1540÷1640
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1850
2000
3330-3500
1850
2000
3345-3500
1850
2000
3345-3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
243
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
244
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 244
TRAILER TRUCK WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
3500 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1895÷1985
1945÷2035
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1515÷1605
1465÷1555
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 245
TRAILER TRUCK WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
4000 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1895÷1985
1945÷2035
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
2015÷2105
1965÷2055
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
245
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 246
WEIGHTS OF CHASSIS CAB FRAME WITH PLATFORM
3000 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1600
1615
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1630
1650
3000
1630
1650
3000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
246
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 247
WEIGHTS OF CHASSIS CAB FRAME WITH PLATFORM
3300 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1580÷1615
1595÷1630
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
247
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 248
WEIGHTS OF CHASSIS CAB FRAME WITH PLATFORM
3500 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1580÷1615
1595÷1630
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
248
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 249
WEIGHTS OF CHASSIS CAB FRAME WITH PLATFORM (HEAVY versions)
3500 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1655÷1685
1705÷1735
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1815÷1845
1765÷1795
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
3000
750
3000
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
249
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
250
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 250
WEIGHTS OF CHASSIS CAB FRAME WITH PLATFORM (HEAVY versions)
4000 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1655÷1685
1705÷1735
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
2315÷2345
2265÷2295
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 251
CHASSIS CAB FRAME WEIGHTS
3000 kg payload versions (***)
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1590÷1630
1605÷1635
1655÷1695
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1630
1650
3000
1630
1650
3000
1630
1650
3000
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
SAFETY
IN AN EMERGENCY
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
(***) The values indicated refer to panel and glazed Vans and in medium and short wheelbases with high and low sides.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
251
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
13:09
CHASSIS CAB FRAME WEIGHTS
3300 kg payload versions
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
252
Pagina 252
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled
to 90% and without optional
equipment):
kg
100 Multijet 100 Multijet 120 Multijet
(▼)
(❏)
(❏)
130 Multijet 130 Multijet 160 Multijet
(❏)
(▼)
(❏)
1590÷1640
1545÷1560
1605÷1655
1605÷1655
1560÷1580
1655÷1705
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
kg
– rear axle:
kg
– total:
kg
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
100
100
100
(❏) Chassis conversion
(▼) Special conversion
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:09
Pagina 253
CHASSIS CAB FRAME WEIGHTS
3500 kg payload versions
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank
filled to 90% and without
optional equipment):
kg
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
kg
– rear axle:
kg
– total:
kg
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
100 Multijet 100 Multijet 120 Multijet
(▼)
(❏)
(❏)
130 Multijet 130 Multijet 160 Multijet
(❏)
(▼)
(❏)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
1590÷1640
1545÷1575
1605÷1655
1605÷1655
1560÷1590
1655÷1705
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
1850
2000
3500
kg
kg
2000
750
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
100
100
100
(❏) Chassis conversion
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
(▼) Special conversion
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
253
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 254
CHASSIS CAB FRAME WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
3500 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Unladen weight (with all fluids,
fuel tank filled to 90% and without
optional equipment):
kg
1675÷1710
1725÷1760
1610÷1630
1660÷1680
Payload (*) including
the driver:
kg
1790÷1825
1740÷1775
1870÷1890
1820÷1840
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
120
120
(❏) Chassis conversion
(▼) Special conversion
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
254
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 255
CHASSIS CAB FRAME WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
4000 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Unladen weight (with all fluids,
fuel tank filled to 90% and without
optional equipment):
kg
1675÷1710
1725÷1760
1610÷1630
1660÷1680
Payload (*) including
the driver:
kg
2290÷2325
2240÷2275
2370÷2390
2320÷2340
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
100
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
(❏) Chassis conversion
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
(▼) Special conversion
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
255
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 256
CHASSIS COWL WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
3500 kg payload versions
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Unladen weight (with all fluids,
fuel tank filled to 90% and without
optional equipment):
kg
1375÷1410
1425÷1460
1310÷1330
1360÷1380
Payload (*) including
the driver:
kg
2090÷2125
2040÷2075
2170÷2190
2120÷2140
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
120
120
(❏) Chassis conversion
(▼) Special conversion
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
256
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 257
CHASSIS COWL WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
4000 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Unladen weight (with all fluids,
fuel tank filled to 90% and without
optional equipment):
kg
1375÷1410
1425÷1460
1310÷1330
1360÷1380
Payload (*) including
the driver:
kg
2590÷2625
2540÷2575
2670÷2690
2620÷2640
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
2100
2400
4000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
100
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
(❏) Chassis conversion
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
(▼) Special conversion
(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
257
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
258
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 258
CREW CAB WEIGHTS
3300 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1950÷2010
1965÷2025
2015÷2075
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1290÷1350
1275÷1335
1225÷1285
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 259
CREW CAB WEIGHTS
3500 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1950÷2010
1965÷2025
2015÷2075
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1490÷1550
1475÷1535
1425÷1485
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
120
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
259
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
260
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 260
CREW CAB WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
3500 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled
to 90% and without optional equipment):
kg
2005÷2105
2055÷2155
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1395÷1495
1345÷1445
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 261
COMBI WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled
to 90% and without optional equipment): kg
1935
1950
2000
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1065
1050
1000
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1600
1650
3000
1600
1650
3000
1600
1650
3000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
3000 kg payload versions
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
261
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
262
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 262
COMBI WEIGHTS
3300 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
1935÷2045
1950÷2060
2000÷2100
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1255÷1365
1240÷1350
1190÷1300
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 263
COMBI WEIGHTS
3500 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
2125
2175
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1375
1325
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2440
3500
2100
2440
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
263
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
264
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 264
COMBI WEIGHTS (HEAVY versions)
3500 kg payload versions
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled
to 90% and without optional equipment):
kg
2100
2150
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1400
1350
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
2100
2400
3500
2100
2400
3500
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
3000
750
3000
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
120
120
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The user is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load carrying
platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 265
PANORAMA WEIGHTS
3000 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to
90% and without optional equipment):
kg
2200
2215
2265
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
800
785
735
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1630
1650
3000
1630
1650
3000
1630
1650
3000
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
265
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
266
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 266
PANORAMA WEIGHTS
3300 kg payload versions
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Unladen weight
(with all fluids, fuel tank filled to 90%
and without optional equipment):
kg
2200÷2285
2215÷2300
2265÷2350
Payload (*) including the driver:
kg
1015÷1100
1000÷1085
950÷1035
Maximum permitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
kg
kg
kg
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
1750
1900
3300
Towable loads
– braked trailer:
– non braked trailer:
kg
kg
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on the ball
joint (braked trailer):
kg
100
100
100
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified
payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the luggage compartment and/on load
carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 267
CAPACITIES
100
Multijet
litres
120
Multijet
litres
130
Multijet
litres
160
Multijet
litres
Fuel tank:
including a reserve of:
90 (*)
10/12
90 (*)
10/12
90 (*)
10/12
90 (*)
10/12
Diesel fuel for motor vehicles
(EN 590 standard)
Engine cooling
system:
11 (▼)
11 (▼)
11 (▼)
11 (▼)
Mixture of 50% demineralised
water and PARAFLUUP (▲)
5.88
6.38
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
8.6
9.7
2.4 (❏)
2.7 (❏) (❍)
2.9 (■) (●)
2.7 (❏)
Engine sump:
Engine sump and filter:
Gearbox casing/
differential:
2.9 (■)
Recommended fuels
Original products
TUTELA CAR EXPERYA (❏)
TUTELA CAR MATRYX (■)
0.6
0.62
0.6
0.62
0.6
0.62
0.6
0.62
TUTELA TOP 4
Hydraulic power steering:
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
TUTELA CAR GI/E
Windscreen/
fluid reservoir:
with headlamp washers:
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
Mixture of water and
TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL SC 35
(▼)
(▲)
(❍)
(●)
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
SELENIA WR P.E.
Hydraulic brakes circuit
with ABS:
ASR/ESP:
(*)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
It is possible to order a 120 litre capacity tank on all versions.
On “Recreational conversions”, a 60 litres capacity tank may be ordered.
With Webasto: 11.15 litres – Underseat heater 600 cc: 11.6 litres – Rear heater 900cc: 11.9 litres
When the vehicle is used in particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a 60-40 mixture of
PARAFLUUP and demineralised water.
MLGU gearbox
M38 gearbox
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
267
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS
SAFETY
Lubricants for
diesel engines
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
268
Pagina 268
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Use
IN AN EMERGENCY
13:10
Lubricants
and greases
for
transmission
Quality specifications of fluids and lubricants
for correct vehicle operation
Lubricants and fluids
original
Replacement
interval
SAE 5W-30 synthetic lubricant,
classification FIAT 9.55535- S1
SELENIA WR P.E.
Contractual Technical
Reference No. 510.D07
As per Scheduled
Servicing Plan
Synthetic base lubricant, SAE 75W-85 grade
that passes API GL-4 specifications
TUTELA CAR EXPERYA
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F178.B06
Manual gearbox
and differential
Synthetic base lubricant, SAE 75W-85 grade
that passes API GL-4 specifications
TUTELA CAR MATRYX
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F108.F02
Manual gearbox
and differential
Lithium soap grease with molybdenum
disulphide. NI.GI. 2 consistency
TUTELA STAR 500
Wheel side constant
velocity joints
Lithium-based grease
NI.GI. 0 consistency
TUTELA MRM ZERO
Differential side
constant velocity
joints
Poly-urea synthetic-based grease suitable
for high temperatures. NI.GI. 2 consistency
TUTELA STAR 325
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F301.D03
Differential side
constant velocity
joints
Lubricant for power steering and automatic
transmissions.
Exceeds ATF DEXRON III specifications
TUTELA GI/E
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F001.C94
Hydraulic power
steering
(▲) For diesel engines, in the event of an emergency in which the original products are not available, lubricants with at least ACEA C2
performance are acceptable; however, in this case optimum engine performance is not guaranteed and the lubricants should be replaced
with recommended products as soon as possible at a Fiat Dealership.
The use of products with lower specifications than ACEA C2 could cause damage to the engine not covered by the warranty.
When the vehicle is used under particularly harsh climate conditions request from Fiat Dealership the appropriate product of the PETRONAS
LUBRICANTS.
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
Use
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 269
Quality specifications of fluids and lubricants
for correct vehicle operation
Lubricants and fluids
original
Replacement
interval
Brake fluid
Synthetic fluid, NHTSA n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925
SAE J-1704, CUNA NC 956- 01.
FIAT classification 9.55597.
TUTELA TOP 4
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F001.A93
Hydraulic brakes
and clutch hydraulic
controls
Protective
agent
for radiators
Red protective with antifreeze action, based on
inhibited monoethyl glycol with organic formula.
Exceeds CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306
specifications. FIAT classification 9.555323
PARAFLUUP (*)
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F101.M01
Cooling circuits
percentage of use:
50% water
50% PARAFLUUP (❑)
Diesel
additive
Additive for diesel fuel, protecting
Diesel engines
TUTELA DIESEL ART
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F601.L06
To be mixed
with diesel
(25 cc per 10 litres)
Windscreen
washer fluid
Mixture of spirits and surfactants.
Exceeds CUNA NC 956-11 specifications.
FIAT classification 9.55522.
TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL SC 35
Contractual Technical
Reference No. F201.D02
To be used neat
or dilute in screen
washer systems
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
(*) IMPORTANT Do not use fluids with different specifications for topping up or mixing.
(❑) When the vehicle is used under particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a mixture of 60% PARAFLUUP
and 40% demineralised water.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
269
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
12-02-2010
The fuel consumption figures given in the table below are determined on the basis of the homologation tests set down by
specific European Directives. The procedures below are followed for measuring consumption:
urban cycle: cold starting followed by driving that simulates urban use of the vehicle; extra-urban cycle: frequent
accelerations in all gears, simulating extra-urban use of the vehicle: speed varies between 0 and 120 km/h; mixed cycle: is
calculated weighing about 37% of urban cycle consumption and about 63% of extra-urban consumption.
IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic situations, weather conditions, driving style, general conditions of the vehicle, trim
level/equipment/accessories, climate control system, vehicle load, roof rack, other situations that affect air drag may lead to
different fuel consumption levels than those measured.
According to the European Directive in force (litres/100 km)
Versions
Extra-urban
Mixed
Light (Short Wheelbase) (*)
8.2
6.8
7.3
Light (Medium Wheelbase) (*)
Light (Short Wheelbase) (*)
Light (Medium Wheelbase) (*)
Heavy (●)
Light (Short Wheelbase) (*)
Light (Medium Wheelbase) (*)
Heavy (●)
8.5
8.3
8.8
8.9
9.4
9.9
10.2
7.0
6.5
6.8
6.7
6.9
7.2
7.6
7.6
7.2
7.5
7.5
7.8
8.2
8.6
100 Multijet
Light (all types) (*)
8.9
7.3
7.9
120 Multijet
Light (all types) (*)
Light (all types) (*)
9.3
10.2
6.9
7.5
7.8
160 Multijet
160 Multijet
PANORAMA
(*) Setting off in 2nd gear
270
Consumptions
Urban
120 Multijet
INDEX
Flow rate
COMBI
IN AN EMERGENCY
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Pagina 270
FUEL CONSUMPTION
100 Multijet
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
13:10
(●) With special transmission ratios and tyres
8.6
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 271
CO2 EMISSIONS
The CO2 emission levels at the exhaust given in the following tables refer to combined consumption.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
According to the European Directive in force (g/km)
Versions
Flow rate
Emissions
Light (Short Wheelbase) (*)
193
Light (Medium Wheelbase) (*)
Light (Short Wheelbase) (*)
Light (Medium Wheelbase) (*)
Heavy (●)
Light (Short Wheelbase) (*)
Light (Medium Wheelbase) (*)
Heavy (●)
200
190
199
199
207
216
226
100 Multijet
Light (all types) (*)
208
120 Multijet
Light (all types) (*)
160 Multijet
Light (all types) (*)
206
226
SAFETY
COMBI
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
PANORAMA
(*) Setting off in 2nd gear
(●) With special transmission ratios and tyres
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
271
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 272
ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEALING WITH THE VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE
Fiat has been committed for many years to safeguarding the environment through the constant improvement of its production
processes and manufacturing products that are increasingly compatible with the ecosystem.
To assure customers of the best possible service in terms of respecting environmental laws and in response to European
Directive 2000/53/EC governing vehicles at the end of their life, Fiat is offering their customers the opportunity of handing
over their vehicle* at the end of its life without incurring any additional costs.
The European Directive sets out that when the vehicle is handed over the last keeper or owner should not incur any expenses
as a result of its market value.
In particular, in almost all European Union countries, until 1st January 2007, vehicles registered after 1st July 2002 will be
collected free of charge, whilst from 2007 collection will be free of charge irrespective of the year of registration as long as the
vehicle contains its basic components (in particular, the engine and bodywork) and has no additional waste.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
To hand your vehicle over at the end of its life without extra cost, contact one of our Fiat dealerships or authorised collection
and scrapping centres.
IN AN EMERGENCY
You can find further information on these collection and scrapping centres either from a Fiat and Fiat Commercial Vehicle
Dealership or by calling the freephone number 00800 3428 0000 or on the Fiat website.
These centres have been carefully chosen to offer high quality service for the collection, treatment and recycling of unused
vehicles with respect to the environment.
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
* Vehicle for transporting passengers with a maximum of nine seats with a total permitted weight of 3.5 t
272
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 273
OFFICIAL TYPE APPROVALS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
273
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 274
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
274
Pagine_ITA.indd 1
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 275
®
In the heart of your engine.
®
Always ask your mechanic for
Pagine_ITA.indd 1
18-05-2005 11:53:40
223-276 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:10
Pagina 276
Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia
The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.
This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics
allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performance
and protection of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:
SELENIA K PURE ENERGY
Synthetic lubricant designed for latest generation, low
emission, petrol engines. Its specific formulation warrants
the utmost protection also for high performance
turbocharged engines with high thermal stress.
Its low ash content helps to maintain the total cleanliness
of modern catalysts.
SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY
Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of
the latest diesel engines. Low ash content to protect the
particulate filter from the residual products of combustion.
High Fuel Economy System that allows
considerable fuel saving.
It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the
protection of increasingly high performance diesel
engines
Pagine_ITA.indd 4
SELENIA MULTIPOWER
Particularly ideal for the protection of new generation petrol
engines, very effective even in the most severe weather
conditions. It guarantees a reduction in fuel consumption
(Energy conserving) and it is also ideal for alternative
engines.
SELENIA SPORT
Fully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of
high performance engines.
Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress
conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve
the utmost performance in total safety.
The range also includes Selenia StAR Pure Energy, Selenia
Racing, Selenia K, Selenia WR, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.
For further information on Selenia products visit the web site
www.flselenia.com.
18-05-2005 11:54:19
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:14
Pagina 277
INDEX
ABS .......................................108 Battery
ABS system ...........................108
Accessories purchased
by the owner ......................118
Additional rear air
conditioning ........................ 71
Additional rear heating ....... 71
Air filter .................................212
Ashtray .................................. 90
– battery disconnection
function ............................ 86
– battery recharging ..........196
– inspecting the charge ....213
– jump starting ...................165
– replacement ....................214
Body (marking) .....................224
Body versions .......................225
Bodywork
ASR .........................................112
– maintenance ....................219
– on/off ................................112
– version codes ..................225
ASR system ...........................112
Bonnet ...................................104
Automatic climate
control ................................. 58
Brake Assist (emergency braking assistance) .....................110
Automatic headlight sensor
(dusk sensor) ...................... 74
Brakes
– fluid level ..........................210
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
– specifications ...................228
Bulb (replacement)
– bulb types ........................178
– general information .......177
Bulb replacement
– ceiling lights .....................187
– front lights .......................180
– rear lights .........................184
Car maintenance
and care ...............................199
– heavy use of the
vehicle ..............................204
– scheduled maintenance ..199
– scheduled
Maintenance Plan ...........200
– scheduled servicing ........204
Carrying children safely ......128
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
277
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
278
12-02-2010
13:14
Pagina 278
Carrying children safely
– child seats ........................128
– preparation for Isofix
child seat ..........................132
Ceiling light
– front .................................. 81
– rear ................................... 82
Changing a wheel .................166
Chassis marking ...................224
Checking fluid levels ...........205
Child seats
(compliance for use) .........131
Cigar lighter .......................... 90
Clutch ....................................227
CO2 emissions .....................271
Code card ............................. 5
Compartment under
passenger side front seat ... 88
Consumptions
– engine oil .........................207
– fuel ....................................270
Control buttons ...................
Controls ................................
Cruise Control ....................
Cruise Control (constant
speed regulator) ................
Current socket ....................
Dashboard ...........................
83
83
78
78
91
3
Dashboard and controls .... 3
Dead lock (device)
– on/off ................................ 99
Desk/lectern ......................... 91
Digital display ....................... 18
Dimensions ...........................232
Dipped beam headlights
– bulb replacement ...........182
– control ............................. 72
Dipped headlamps
– bulb replacement ...........182
– control ............................. 72
Direction indicators
– bulb replacement ...........182
– control ............................. 73
Direction indicators
– control ............................. 73
– front bulb replacement ..180
– rear bulb replacement ...184
– side bulb replacement ...182
Door compartment cups ... 90
Door lock............................... 85
Doors ..................................... 97
Electric windows
– controls.............................103
Electronic alarms .................. 10
Emergency situation.............165
Engine
– features..............................226
– identification code .........225
– marking ............................224
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:14
Engine codes .........................225
Engine compartment
– bonnet opening/closing ...104
– checking fluid levels .......205
– washing .............................221
Engine coolant temperature
indicator .............................. 16
Engine oil
– consumption ...................207
– level check .......................207
– technical specifications ...268
Engine oil level indicator .... 17
Environment protection ....122
EOBD (system) ....................114
EOBD system .......................114
ESP (system) .........................110
ESP system ............................110
External lights ....................... 72
Pagina 279
Filling the tank ......................121
Fix & Go (device) ................172
– fuel cut off switch .......... 86
Fix&Go Automatic tyre
repair kit ..............................172
– fuel gauge ......................... 16
Flap on bench ....................... 43
Flashing the headlights ........ 73
Fluids and lubricants ...........268
Fog lights
. 4
Fiat CODE system .............. 4
Fuel cap ..................................121
Fuel flap .................................121
– control buttons .............. 83
Fuel savings ...........................146
– bulb replacement ...........183
– control buttons .............. 83
Follow me home (device) ... 74
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Fuel level ............................... 16
Fuel reserve ..........................159
Fog lights
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Fuel cut off switch ............... 86
– bulb replacement ...........183
Fuel system ...........................227
Fuse control units
(location) .............................190
Fuses
Front airbags .........................135
– fuse list .............................192
Front armrest ....................... 39
– fuse location
(control units) .................190
Front ceiling lights
Fiat CODE (The system)
Fuel
– bulb replacement ...........187
– fuse replacement ............189
– control ............................. 81
Fuses (if a fuse blows) .........189
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
279
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
12-02-2010
13:14
Pagina 280
Gearbox
Lectern .................................
– front .................................. 45
– using the manual
gearbox ............................144
Heating and ventilation ...... 49
Glove compartment ........... 88
Heating system ..................... 49
Glove compartments .......... 87
Hill Holder (system) ...........111
Hill Holder system ..............111
Handbrake ...........................143
Handbrake lever ..................143
Identification data ...............223
Hazard warning lights ......... 83
Ignition switch ...................... 12
Headlamps
– alignment corrector ......107
Installation of electrical/
electronic devices ..............119
– bulb replacement ...........180
Instrument panel .................. 14
Headlight angle correction ..107
Interior fittings ..................... 87
Headlight washers
Interiors .................................221
– control ............................. 78
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Headlights .............................107
INDEX
– headlamp alignment
corrector .........................107
– light beam direction ......107
280
Headrest
Isofix .......................................132
Key with remote control ...
6
Key without remote
control ................................. 8
91
Levels
– brake fluid level ..............210
– engine coolant level .......208
– engine oil level ................207
– power steering
fluid level ..........................211
– windscreen/rearscreen/
headlamp washer fluid
level ...................................209
Light clusters
– front
(bulb replacement) ........180
– rear
(bulb replacement)..........184
Load advice ...........................145
Load limiters .........................125
Lubricants (features) ...........268
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:14
Main beam headlights
– bulb replacement ...........182
– control ............................. 72
Main beam headlights
– bulb replacement ...........181
– control ............................. 72
– flashing .............................. 73
Maintenance and cleaning
– bodywork ........................219
– car interior ......................221
– engine compartment .....221
– plastic parts .....................222
– seats ..................................222
– windows ...........................221
Maintenance programme
Pagina 281
Multifunction display ........... 24
Number plate light ..............186
Passenger compartment
air vents ............................... 50
Performance .........................235
Official type approval
for radio frequency
remote control ..................273
On board instruments
– display ............................... 18
– engine coolant
temperature .................... 16
– fuel level gauge ............... 16
– multifunction display ..... 24
– rev counter ..................... 15
– speedometer ................... 15
Operation at low
temperatures ......................120
Plates
SAFETY
– bodywork paint ..............224
– identification data ...........223
Pollen filter ............................212
Preparation for Isofix
child seat .............................132
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Pretensioners .......................125
Programmed .........................200
Prolonged vehicle
inactivity ..............................153
Protecting
the environment ................122
Manual air conditioning ...... 53
Moving footboard ................101
Paint ......................................220 Radio .....................................117
MSR (system) .......................112
Parking ...................................143
Parking sensors ....................115
MSR system ..........................112
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Radio frequency remote
control: official approvals ..273
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
281
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
282
12-02-2010
13:14
Pagina 282
Radio transmitters
and mobile phones ............119
Rain sensor ........................... 77
Raising the vehicle ...............197
Rear ceiling lights
– bulb replacement ...........188
– control ............................. 82
Rear door with two flaps ...101
Rear foglights
– bulb replacement ...........185
– control buttons .............. 84
Rear partition ....................... 89
Rear view TV camera ......... 93
Rearview mirrors ................ 47
– electric ............................. 47
– exterior ............................ 47
– interior ............................. 47
Refilling the vehicle .............120
Refrigerated compartment .. 87
Rev counters ........................ 15
Rev counters ........................ 15
Reversing lamp .....................184
Roof rack bars
(preparation) ......................106
Roof rack/ski rack ...............106
S.B.R. system .......................124
Safety
– carrying children safely ...128
– Isofix child seat ...............132
– seat belts ..........................123
Seat adjustment .................... 37
Seat belts ...............................123
– general information .......126
– load limiters ....................125
– maintenance ....................127
– pretensioners ..................125
– use .....................................123
Seats
– adjustment ....................... 37
– cleaning ............................222
Set-up menu ......................... 19
Side bags ................................137
Side lights
– control ............................. 72
– front bulb replacement ..180
– rear bulb replacement ..184
– side bulb replacement ...187
Sliding side door ..................100
Sliding side glass ...................100
Smart washing ...................... 76
Snow chains ..........................152
Speed block .......................... 96
Speedometer ........................ 15
Starting the engine ..............141
– bump starting ..................166
– emergency starting ........165
– ignition switch ................. 12
– jump starting ...................165
– procedure for diesel
versions ............................141
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
12-02-2010
13:14
Pagina 283
– stopping the engine .......142
Top speed .............................235
– warming up the engine
once started ....................142
Towing the vehicle ..............197
Starting up and driving ........141
Steering
– specifications ...................228
– turning circle ...................228
Steering lock ......................... 13
– installing the tow
hitch ..................................149
Tray under the seat ............ 42
Sun visors .............................. 91
– trip button ....................... 36
Suspensions ...........................227
Symbols .................................. 4
Vehicle inactivity ................153
Trip Computer
– sizes
Tyre inflation pressure .......231
Tyres
Warning lights
and messages ......................155
Weights .................................236
SAFETY
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Wheel
– replacement ....................166
Wheel geometry .................229
Wheel rims
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
– reading the rim code .....230
– reading the tyre code ...229
Window cleaning ................. 75
96
– replacement ....................166
Windows (cleaning) ............221
Technical data ......................223
– snow tyres .......................152
Windscreen washer
Third brake light ..................186
– standard ...........................230
Tachograph .........................
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Ventilation ............................. 49
Transmission ........................227
Trip computer ...................... 35
Supplementary independent
heater ................................... 65
gearbox ................................136
Towing trailers
Steering wheel adjustment .. 46
Supplementary heater ........ 64
Using the manual
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
– control ............................. 75
283
277-284 DUCATO LUM EN
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
12-02-2010
13:14
Pagina 284
– fluid level ..........................209
Windscreen wiper
– blades ................................218
SAFETY
– control ............................. 75
– jets .....................................218
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Windscreen wiper blades ...218
Wiring for radio system .....117
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
MAINTENANCE
AND CARE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
284
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Customer Services - Technical Services - Service Engineering
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)
Print no. 603.81.357 – 11/2009 – 6 edition
DUCATO LUM GB
17-12-2008
9:57
Pagina 1
F
I
A
T
D
U
C
A
T
ENGLISH
The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and
versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.
If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer.
Printed in recycled paper without chlorine.
O
W
N
E
R
H
A
N
D
B
O
O
K
O
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement